- Joined
- Sep 28, 2011
- Messages
- 609
I've been meaning to make this thread.
The main project thread can be found here. Any information you need can hopefully be found by following the links.
Now in this thread we will discuss scenarios and scripts. These scripts are not the final versions. The scripts found here are rough drafts. The final versions will be the thing that is playable. In video game development parts of the story and script will change if development requires it to.
We will attempt to discuss things in chronological order.
Please take ideas on the story and events to the proper threads. We only discuss fully fledged scripts here and outlines.
Please submit works separated by cutscene as that is the best way to separate parts.
Outlines should be in a list format with each item representing a cutscene. Remember that most cutscenes are only thirty seconds to one minute long.
The world order has been decided.
A * next to world's name means that the script for that world has been completed. Legacy city will have multiple scripts so it will have multiple *s next to it.
Currently we are refining the following scripts
- None
These are the scripts that will be open for submission next
- Raine in Legacy City = Marx
- Legacy City Festival = Arkrend
- Emperor's New Groove = Inverse
Currently Making Outlines For...
- Prydain = On hold
- Legacy City Festival
Only scripts in bold can be submitted at this point. Scripts with names next to them are the people who have asked to write them. Scripts that are in red are currently being heavily edited and it is best to wait until the completed scenario is rethought in the appropriate thread.
Once all scripts in bold have been submitted and then the next set of scripts may be submitted.
Scripts that are being refined are a priority for submission.
If you are curious about a world's plot then check the spoiler tags for a summary. World's that do not have an outline or a script will have summaries in their respective places. Summaries are purely for reference and before you start writing an outline or script please ask if the summary present is the final version. Some summaries are only here to be archived in case they become lost in a pile of posts in their respective threads.
From now on a script will only be added to the OP when it is complete, and compiled into a single spoiler tag.
Edit Log
- Outline for Brand's Homeworld has been added.
- The first few scenes for Emperor's New Groove and Beauty and the Beast have been added.
- Brand's Homeworld, hopefully the final draft in this format, has been added.
- Super City script has been added.
- Mushu has been added to Linnea's arrival in Legacy City.
- First 12 scenes of Wondrous Circus have been written
- First three scenes of Linnea's Homeworld have been added to the OP
- Added the full Alberosa script
- Added the full Wonderland script
Credits Go to...
- Dark Riku, Marx, Inverse, Orideth, Bond of Water, Arkrend, small502, KingMickeyRules.
I have a general suggestion to make:
Frankly, this thread is crowded with ideas; it's difficult to make sense of them all.
Suppose we create a separate thread for submitting and deciding upon scenarios--meaning the scenes and scenarios of the individual worlds. This thread would then be reserved solely for discussing the broad story as a whole. Thoughts?
EDIT: By the way, I'd just like to claim scenes featuring/relating to Prydain and the Horned King. I actually have a few things planned out that I'd at least like to submit for consideration.
The main project thread can be found here. Any information you need can hopefully be found by following the links.
Now in this thread we will discuss scenarios and scripts. These scripts are not the final versions. The scripts found here are rough drafts. The final versions will be the thing that is playable. In video game development parts of the story and script will change if development requires it to.
We will attempt to discuss things in chronological order.
Please take ideas on the story and events to the proper threads. We only discuss fully fledged scripts here and outlines.
Please submit works separated by cutscene as that is the best way to separate parts.
Outlines should be in a list format with each item representing a cutscene. Remember that most cutscenes are only thirty seconds to one minute long.
The world order has been decided.
A * next to world's name means that the script for that world has been completed. Legacy city will have multiple scripts so it will have multiple *s next to it.
Spoiler Show
Homeworlds
- Linnea: Albarosa*
- Brand: Basuelo*
- Ciel: Aria Peaks*
- Raine: Demarsi*
HUB Worlds
- Legacy City***
Solo Worlds
Ciel: Incredibles*
Raine: Jungle Book
Brand: Beauty & the Beast*
Linnea: Dumbo*
Raine & Linnea
1. Wonderland*
2. Lilo & Stitch
3. Olympus Colosseum
4. Pocahontas
5. Monsters Inc.
6. Princess and the Frog
Ciel & Brand
1. Emperor's New Groove
2. Robin Hood
3. Olympus Colosseum
4. Sword in the Stone
5. Treasure Planet
6. Atlantis
Finale Worlds
- Prydain
- Legacy City
Currently we are refining the following scripts
- None
These are the scripts that will be open for submission next
- Raine in Legacy City = Marx
- Legacy City Festival = Arkrend
- Emperor's New Groove = Inverse
Currently Making Outlines For...
- Prydain = On hold
- Legacy City Festival
Only scripts in bold can be submitted at this point. Scripts with names next to them are the people who have asked to write them. Scripts that are in red are currently being heavily edited and it is best to wait until the completed scenario is rethought in the appropriate thread.
Once all scripts in bold have been submitted and then the next set of scripts may be submitted.
Scripts that are being refined are a priority for submission.
If you are curious about a world's plot then check the spoiler tags for a summary. World's that do not have an outline or a script will have summaries in their respective places. Summaries are purely for reference and before you start writing an outline or script please ask if the summary present is the final version. Some summaries are only here to be archived in case they become lost in a pile of posts in their respective threads.
From now on a script will only be added to the OP when it is complete, and compiled into a single spoiler tag.
Edit Log
- Outline for Brand's Homeworld has been added.
- The first few scenes for Emperor's New Groove and Beauty and the Beast have been added.
- Brand's Homeworld, hopefully the final draft in this format, has been added.
- Super City script has been added.
- Mushu has been added to Linnea's arrival in Legacy City.
- First 12 scenes of Wondrous Circus have been written
- First three scenes of Linnea's Homeworld have been added to the OP
- Added the full Alberosa script
- Added the full Wonderland script
Credits Go to...
- Dark Riku, Marx, Inverse, Orideth, Bond of Water, Arkrend, small502, KingMickeyRules.
Ciel lies in her bed, she rolls off her bed and hits the floor.
She grabs her head, and picks her herself up.
She walks out of her room.
Camera shoots out her window, and shows a bird's-eye view of the town.
It shows someone walking towards Ciel.
The camera rears behind Ciel and stops.
The boy stops in front of Ciel and talks. It is Bartz.
Bartz: "Hey Ciel..."
He inspects her face as she rubs her eyes.
Bartz: "Did you just wake up?"
Ciel: "I just-"
She yawns.
Ciel: "Yeah."
She rubs the spot on her head where she fell.
Bartz: "Well wake up, Vaan is waiting."
Ciel: "Vaan?"
Bartz: "You forgot didn't you?"
Ciel: "What?"
Bartz: "C'mon, I'll show you."
He begins to walk away and Ciel lazily follows.
Player Goal: Follow Bartz
Note: In the center of town, there is a windmill which generates power for the townspeople.
Ciel stops at the point in which she entered the center plaza.
Bartz continues on, not noticing.
The player still has control, and can search around the place.
There are a few stores, and houses, surrounding the windmill.
There are 4 people standing in front of the windmill.
When Ciel gets close enough, a scene happens.
Ciel walks by the group, but stops middway. She overhears the conversation going on.
The group consists of a few townsfolk, they are speaking about something that happened earlier in the day.
Townsman 1: "What did you think of that guy?"
Townsman 3: "The one from this morning, he's obviously a loon."
Townsman 2: "Yeah, but he seemed to really believe what he was saying."
Townsman 4: "What did he say? I slept in late today, so I missed it."
Ciel leans up against the windmill, to look like she's not eavesdropping.
Townsman 2: "He said that Dark Days are coming."
Townsman 4: "Dark Days? What does that mean?"
Townsman 2: "No one knew, but it sounded dangerous. Like someone's going to die."
Townsman 4: "Die?"
Townsman 1: "A pack of lies, he was just trying to scare us."
All the men look at Townsman 1.
Townsman 2: "But what about the other thing he said?"
Townsman 4: "Other thing?"
Townsman 1: "You really believe that someone in town is the "key"?"
Townsman 4: "Key?"
Townsman 2: "The old guy from this morning was saying that "Dark Days are coming, and someone in town is the key"."
Townsman 4: "That sounds spooky."
Townsman 1 turns around and folds his arms.
Townsman 1: "I'm telling you, he was just trying to scare us."
Ciel picks herself up, and walks away. She has her head down.
Ciel: "Dark Days are coming?"
She doesn't see where she's going, and runs into Bartz.
Bartz: "Did you fall asleep on me?"
Ciel: "No, I was just-"
She turns to point at the group of men, but Bartz is already walking away in the opposite direction.
As he walks away, Bartz waves her on to follow.
Ciel runs after him.
Player Goal: Follow Bartz to meet up with Vaan.
Note: There are a few houses placed here, and the end of the street leads up into a mountainous region.
Along the street, there is a house placed right next to a store.
Bartz stops in front of the house, and gets ready to shout.
Bartz: "VAAN!!!"
Ciel catches up to him.
Bartz: "Vaan! Are you home?!"
From the store, Vaan comes running to Bartz and Ciel.
Vaan: "Can you yell any louder Bartz?"
Bartz: "I could try..."
He gets ready to yell, but Ciel covers his mouth with her hand.
Ciel: "So Vaan, what's going on today?"
Vaan: "What....?"
Vaan looks disappointed.
Both Bartz and Vaan grab Ciel by the arms and carry her in front of the store.
They set her down, as she squeals free.
Vaan: "Ciel, it's the grand opening of the store."
Vaan raises his hand and points to the building in front.
Ciel: "Ohhh."
Bartz bumps her in the shoulder
Ciel: "Hey, why'd you do that?"
Bartz: "Someone had to..."
The three of them laugh for a little bit.
Ciel: "So guys, what's this about an old guy talking about "Dark Days" I've been hearing?"
Bartz: "So that's where you wandered off to?"
Vaan: "Well Ciel, this morning-"
Vaan is cut off by someone yelling his name. It's his brother Reks.
Reks: "Vaan, where'd you go? We open in 2 minutes!"
Vaan: "Oh darn, I almost forgot."
Reks walks out of the store and sees Vaan with Ciel and Bartz.
Reks: "Skipping out on work, and we haven't even opened yet? I'm disappointed Vaan."
Vaan turns around.
Vaan: "Look Reks, it's not my fault."
He runs behind Ciel and pushes her towards Reks.
Vaan: "Ciel was asking about the hermit from this morning."
Reks: "You mean the one from the mountains?"
Vaan: "Yeah."
Reks looks at Ciel, he nods in a sense that he knows she missed the hermit's visit.
Reks: "He showed up in the center of town, and gave this big speech."
He spreads his arms to show how big it was.
Reks: "I, for one, think it's just nonsense."
Vaan: "Yeah, and Cid thinks so too."
Bartz: "Speak of the devil."
Cid Raines, he is the leader of the town.
He walks into the scene.
Reks stands at attention, like he's a soldier.
He's all tense.
Cid: "Hello Reks, Vaan. I presume everything is in order."
Reks: "Yessir, we are all set to open."
Cid: "Then allow me to be your first customer."
Reks is a little taken back by what Cid said.
Cid looks at Ciel and Bartz for a second and switches his attention back to Reks.
Reks hesitates for a second, thinking of how to respond.
Cid: "Well?"
Reks jumps back into the conversation.
Reks: "After you."
Reks waves his hand towards the path to the store.
Cid walks into the store, followed by Reks.
But Reks stops before the door, and rushes back to Vaan.
Reks: "Let's go Vaan, we got a lot of work ahead of us today."
Vaan: "But Reks-"
Reks: "No buts, let's move. Don't you keep Cid waiting."
Vaan slumps into the store, followed by Reks.
Ciel: "So, the hermit's from the mountains?"
Bartz: "Seems so...got something on your mind?"
A pause.
Ciel: "I'd like to see this guy, and actually hear what he has to say."
She begins walking towards the mountains.
Ciel: "It seems like everyone else thinks he's crazy."
Bartz: "And you don't?"
She walks away even farther.
Bartz: "I can't let her go alone."
Bartz runs after her and soon catches up.
Player Goal: Travel to the mountain
A little ways up the mountain.....
Ciel walks into the scene, a clearing.
There is a trail heading down, the way she came, and one heading up higher.
She walks further to the center of the clearing.
Ciel: "How high could he go?"
She looks up the mountain, there is still quite a ways to go.
Bartz comes running into the scene, panting as he stops next to Ciel.
Bartz: *Huff...huff*
He picks himself up.
Bartz: "We...there yet Ciel?"
Ciel: "Not even close."
Bartz looks shocked and then drops back to a sulking position.
He walks on ahead, swaying his arms back and forth.
Ciel doesn't move, she is watching Bartz.
A smile crosses her face, and she walks alongside him.
They continue up the mountain more.
Player Goal: Find the hermit
In the clearing is where the player starts.
They must go up the trail to continue on.
The trail consists of winding paths, that ultimately lead up higher and higher.
Soon enough, a scene happens.
The trail has gotten smaller, the area that they walk is narrow.
And becoming narrower each step.
Ciel inches on ahead along the pathway, followed by a scared Bartz that won't look down.
Bartz: "Ciel, shouldn't we turn back?"
Ciel: "Not yet, I'm sure we're close."
Bartz: "But Ciel-"
Ciel takes a step and the rock beneath her feet collapse.
She slips and falls off in slow motion.
Bartz makes a motion to grab her, but he is too late.
Bartz: "Ciel!"
Ciel falls and falls off the mountainside, and into the clouds beneath.
Camera is from her perspective, and her eyes shut slowly.
As she blacks out, the only thing that can be heard is Bartz's voice calling out her name.
Bartz: "Ciel!"
Screen fades black.
Ciel's Dive
She opens her eyes, and realizes that she is still falling.
She stares only in front her, and sees nothing but blackness.
She falls for a while, and eventually lands softly on her feet upon the stained glass pillar.
She looks all around, and looks at the floor.
From in front of her, a Shadow Heartless emerges from the floor.
She takes a step back.
A voice can be heard from a distance.
Mysterious Voice: "Be vigilant...."
Ciel looks left and right.
Mysterious Voice: "Danger lurks from all sides."
A Shadow appears behind Ciel.
She turns around and realizes that she's surrounded.
She hesitates, but runs inbetween two of the Heartless.
She makes her way across to the edge of the pillar.
As she catches herself from falling, she hears Bartz's voice.
Bartz: "Ciel!"
Ciel: "Huh?"
A light flashes brightly, when it fades, Ciel looks all around.
The blackness that served as a background to the area, has turned to a solid white.
She looks at the Heartless, they are still there, but stay still.
One tackles forward, but is repelled by a barrier.
Ciel gets herself together, and walks towards the Heartless, but she too is stopped by the barrier.
She knocks on it with her fist.
She takes a step back.
A bridge appears behind Ciel, connecting this platform with one lower down.
Player Goal: Go to the next platform
Ciel walks on the platform.
In the center, is a light. A spotlight is focused on the center of the area.
She waits for a moment, waiting for something to happen, but nothing.
She walks towards the center where the light shines.
As she stands in it, she looks up. Blocking the bright light with her arm, so she can see clearly.
But she cannot see anything.
She hears a groan from behind her. She turns around, and sees a shadowy figure blocking the path of the bridge.
She opens her mouth, but stops.
The figure doesn't move.
Ciel takes a step towards it, a foot out of the light.
In a second, the figure is standing in front of her.
It is breathing heavily.
Ciel puts her foot back into the light.
The figure doesn't move still.
There is a mumbling from a distance, and the figure cocks it's head towards the sound.
Ciel turns her head, to look in the same direction.
When she turns her head back, the shadowy figure is gone.
Ciel: "What was that...?"
The spotlight fades away.
Player Goal: Go back to the barrier
Ciel walks up to the barrier, and places her hand on it.
It fades away as soon as she touches it.
The same voice from before can be heard.
Mysterious Voice: "There will be times when you are alone."
The Shadow Heartless appear once more.
Mysterious Voice: "Battles must be fought."
A light begins to shine in Ciel's hand.
She raises it up to look at her hand.
She has a puzzled look on her face.
In a flash, her Keyblade appears in her hand.
Mysterious Voice: "Or all will be lost."
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless
Once the Heartless are defeated, a bridge appears heading up from the current platform.
Note: On the upper pillar, there is a door but it is sealed. To open it, the player must fight against even more heartless.
Player Goal: Open the door
Ciel walks through the door, and emerges on another new pillar.
She looks around, and sees the shadowy figure from before.
She readies her Keyblade, and the figure turns around to face her.
Player Goal: Fight the shadowy figure
Halfway through the fight the shadowy figure is standing by the edge, and Ciel is standing in the center of the pillar.
It takes a step forward, and then a bright light shines behind it.
The figure shreaks in terror, as if the light is burning it.
Ciel covers her eyes.
The mysterious voice can be heard.
Mysterious Voice: "The brighter the light, the darker the shadow."
The shadowy figure has cast it's own shadow due to the bright light.
Ciel sees the shadow over herself, and steps off to the side.
The shadowy figure disintegrates from the bright light, but the shadow stays.
The light fades away, and Ciel looks at the ground.
The shadow begins to emerge from the ground.
A Darkside comes up from the ground and faces Ciel.
Player Goal: Defeat the Darkside
Ciel runs out from behind the Darkside, and slashes at it's ankles.
The Darkside falls to its knees, as Ciel runs to other side of the pillar.
The Darkside, on its knees, reaches out its hand to grab Ciel.
But it's not long enough.
Then, a ball of dark energy begins to form in the Darkside's hand.
Ciel has no where to go, she can't run away. The only way out is to jump.
Mysterious Voice: "Will you take the leap?"
Ciel looks all around, then back at the Darkside.
The energy ball is almost finished.
Ciel closes her eyes, and jumps off the platform.
As she does, the Darkside's energy ball explodes, knocking Ciel around too.
She opens her eyes as she is falling, and she sees a flash of light.
She covers her face, and...
Her Dive ends.
Ciel opens her eys in a rush, and yells.
Ciel: "NO!"
She begins breathing heavily.
She rubs her eyes, and looks all around.
It's strange, the place isn't familiar.
She inside a cave. The room is circular, and she can see the exit clearly.
It is snowing outside, a blizzard.
She shivers from the cold.
There is a fire close by Ciel, she sees it, and scurries over it for warmth.
She looks all around, but doesn't see anything she could recognize.
In the back of the cave, is a cloth. It is just hanging on the wall.
Ciel sees the cloth, and steps up to walk over to it.
She reaches out her hand, as to touch it.
????: "You seem to be doing well."
Ciel turns around in a hurry, the voice is unfamiliar.
She sees a man, holding a spear. He is standing in front of the entrance.
He just got back, and has some snow on him.
Ciel: "Who are you?"
Kain: "Forgive my manners. My name is Kain."
He takes a bow. He stands up, and leans his spear by the wall.
Ciel: "Where am I Kain?"
Kain: "You are in my home, on the mountain."
Ciel: "You live here...?"
Ciel looks around for a second, and realizes what she just said.
She looks embarrassed.
Ciel: "That's not what I meant, what I meant was...uhhh..."
She blushes from embarrassment.
Kain: "It is alright, you're reaction is predictable."
He sits down.
Kain: "I do live in a cave."
A moment of silence. Ciel doesn't know what to say, she is thinking.
Ciel: "Wait, you said we're on the mountain?"
Kain: "Yes."
Ciel: "Are you the guy who spoke of "Dark Days"?"
A pause.
Kain: "I'm sorry, but I'm not the man you are looking for."
Ciel: "You're not...?"
Kain: "Did I dissapoint you?"
Ciel: "That's not it- Ow!"
Ciel grabs the back of her head.
Kain: "Don't think too much, you hit your head pretty hard."
Ciel: "My head...?"
Kain: "You're lucky you fell where you did, I was just making my rounds when I found you."
Ciel: "I fell...?"
Ciel takes a second.
Ciel: "Oh! Bartz! Bartz, where's Bartz?"
Kain: "There was no one with you when I found you, I am sorry."
A pause.
Kain: "Is he a friend of yours?"
Ciel: "Yeah...that just means he's alright then."
Kain: "Unless the Heartless-"
Ciel: "Heartless?"
Ciel cut Kain off.
Kain: "Creatures of the dark, they've been causing some trouble the past few days."
Ciel: "How come I never heard of them?"
Kain: "They don't pass the cloudline."
Ciel: "We're below the clouds!?"
Kain: "Yes."
Ciel begins to pace.
Ciel: "I've got to get back home, I'm not supposed to be beneath the clouds."
Kain: "The path up is simple, Heartless rarely cross it."
Ciel: "Can you show it to me?"
Kain: "Yes."
Kain stands up, and grabs his spear.
Ciel: "I thought you said we wouldn't see any Heartless."
Kain: "They are an unpredictable species."
Kain walks out of the cave.
Ciel follows.
Player Goal: Follow Kain
Ciel: "It's freezing."
Kain: "The climate is different than that of your village."
Ciel: "You could say that again."
Kain begins to walk up. The path ahead is snowy and smooth.
Ciel begins to follow, but stops to look at the world below.
Hey eyes grow large, as she sees the sights.
The whole place is covered in a dark miasma, flowing with Heartless.
The most noticeable thing is the eyes of countless Heartless.
Ciel cannot turn away, she is horrified and intrigued at the same time.
Kain turns around and sees her.
He walks back to her and places his hand on her shoulder.
Ciel jumps a little, then realizes it's Kain.
Kain: "Let's move on."
Ciel: "O-okay..."
Kain walks on ahead, Ciel follows after a few seconds.
Player Goal: Follow Kain
Note: There are a few paths leading away from the trail, but the player cannot go those ways, for Kain will tell them not to.
Kain steps off to the side, and leads his hand in the direction for Ciel to go.
Ciel: "You're not coming?"
Kain: "My place is here."
Ciel: "Oh..."
Kain begins to walk away.
Ciel turns around to say one last thing to him.
Ciel: "Kain!"
Kain turns around.
Ciel: "Thank you, for everything."
Kain: "No thanks necessary."
Ciel: "Yeah, but...just...thank you."
Kain: "You are welcome."
Kain walks back down, as Ciel walks through the clouds.
When she surfaces, she can see her town again.
She runs towards it.
Screen fades black.
Player Goal: Go home.
Ciel walks through the front door, and the screen fades black.
The door opens, and Ciel walks out. She closes it.
She raises her arms, and stretches them.
She just woke up.
Player Goal: Go to Vaan's
Note: Any NPCs Ciel speaks to will mention Bartz overacting and "Dark Days.'
Outside Bartz is talking with Vaan.
Bartz: "...And the worst part is, I couldn't save her."
Bartz sulks his head, like he's about to cry.
Vaan sees Ciel.
Vaan: "Oh hey Ciel."
He waves.
Bartz: "This isn't funny Vaan, I know she's not-"
Ciel: "Hey Vaan."
Bartz picks himself up.
Ciel: "Hey Bartz."
He turns around sees Ciel.
Bartz: "Ciel!"
In a rush, he grabs Ciel and hugs her with all his might.
Bartz: "Ciel, you're alive!"
Ciel: "Yeah Bartz, I'm fine."
Vaan pulls Bartz off Ciel.
Ciel: "And so are you?"
Bartz wipes his eyes.
Bartz: "Yeah, yeah I'm fine."
Vaan: "Ciel, what happened? Bartz was just telling me you died."
Ciel: "Obviously I'm not dead."
Bartz: "But you fell, so I just kinda thought...you fell beneath the clouds..."
Ciel: "You guys don't need to worry, I'm fine. See?"
Bartz: "It's just so good to see you-"
Reks yells from within the store.
Reks: "Vaan! Vaan, where are you?!"
Vaan: "Oh boy..."
Reks: "Vaan! We got customers!"
Ciel: "You better get in there before he busts a gasket."
Vaan: "Yeah I probably-"
Reks comes out of the store.
Reks: "Vaan! What are you doing, we got customers!?"
He comes running to Vaan.
Vaan: "Listen Reks, I was just about to-"
Reks grabs onto Vaan, and drags him back inside.
Vaan: "Reks, let me go! Reks!"
Reks: "We got customers, so start doing your job for once!"
They go back into the store.
Now just Bartz and Ciel remain.
Ciel: "That Reks, he's something else."
Bartz: "Yeah..."
He faces Ciel.
Bartz: "Are you sure you're alright Ciel?"
Ciel: "I'm fine Bartz, you don't have to worry about me."
Ciel begins to walk away.
Bartz: "Where are you going now?"
Ciel: "I forgot something."
Ciel is far enough away from Bartz, so Bartz walks into the store.
Ciel: "I never told Kain my name, I feel like such a ditz."
She facepalms herself, and as she continues to walk towards the path down.
With her head still down, she runs into someone. She ran into Cid.
Ciel: "I'm so sorry."
She looks up and sees Cid.
Cid: "Well good morning Ciel."
Ciel: "Good morning sir."
Cid: "I heard you had quite the accident yesterday."
Ciel: "Did Bartz tell you?"
Cid: "There was some talk around town, I heard you fell. Are you alright?"
Ciel: "I'm perfectly fine, not a scratch on me."
Cid: "Are you sure? Is your head alright?"
Ciel: "I'm fine."
She looks ahead.
Ciel: "Can you excuse me, I've got to visit a friend."
Cid: "Certainly."
He steps aside to let Ciel pass.
Ciel runs on ahead, in the direction of the pathway below the clouds.
Cid sees this, and has a look of suspiscion on his face.
Player Goal: Go back to Kain
Ciel walks in.
Ciel: "Kain?"
She looks all around, but doesn't see him. Even his spear is gone, and the fire is also out.
She walks in farther.
Ciel: "Kain, are you home?"
She continues to look around, but still doesn't see him.
Ciel: "Where could he be?"
She walks around a little more.
Ciel: "I guess I should- Ow!"
She places her hand back on her head.
When she does, she feels the pain again.
Ciel: "Ow! Maybe I'm not so fine..."
She sits down.
Ciel: "I'll think I'll just wait for Kain to come back."
She lies down.
Ciel: "Only for a...minute."
She closes her eyes and drifts off to sleep.
Ciel when opens her eyes again it is night.
Ciel awoke because she heard thunder from outside.
Ciel: "Kain?"
She looks outside, it is no longer snowing.
The scene outside looks even darker than it once did.
She stands up and runs outside in a panic.
Ciel: "KAIN!"
She screams out, but recieves no answer.
She looks down at the world below, and is shocked.
The sea of Heartless/Darkness is sloshing around like waves.
Plus, there are Heartless crawling up the mountain too.
Ciel: "What's going on?"
She hears a woman scream from above, from the village.
Ciel turns herself up, and notices that the clouds have risen up high.
They are no longer beneath her village, but above it.
Ciel: "The clouds! I've got to-"
She starts to run up, but stops. Shadow Heartless appear in front of her, blocking her path.
Ciel: "From the dream? Are these the Heartless?"
She throws her hand back, and her Keyblade summons.
She picks up her hand and inspects the blade.
Ciel: "This too?"
She looks back at the Heartless and readies her blade.
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless
Another scream can be heard from Ciel's village.
Player Goal: Head back to the village
Note: Now the player can take the other paths. They all lead to dead ends, but some have chests at the end.
All of the separate paths have Heartless though.
On one of the paths, NeoShadows will appear and the way out will be sealed off.
To leave the player must beat the Heartless.
Once they do, Ciel looks up and says.
Ciel: "This must be where Kain found me."
Player Goal: Go to Vaan's shop.
Note: Once the player approaches, the area surrounding will be sealed off and they must fight numerous Heartless to continue.
Wave after wave, the Heartless keep coming.
Afterwards, the barrier will disappear and a scene will happen.
Vaan will come running out of the store. He doesn't even stop to look at Ciel.
Ciel looks a little confused.
Player Goal: Go to the windmill
Ciel runs into the area, and sees Vaan crouched over something.
Vaan is over a body, and crying. It's Reks'.
Ciel doesn't move, she only stands still idly watching.
Vaan: "Reks...come on Reks, wake up."
Bartz comes running into the area.
He doesn't notice Ciel.
Bartz: "Come on Vaan, we have to leave now."
Vaan: "No, I won't leave him like this!"
Bartz: "There's nothing we can do Vaan, he's gone!"
Cid comes walking into the scene, to accompany Bartz and Vaan.
He doesn't notice Ciel either.
He kneels down next to Vaan and places a hand on his shoulder.
Vaan looks up at Cid.
Cid: "Bartz is right Vaan, let's go."
Vaan: "I'm not-"
Cid: "Don't worry, we won't leave Reks like this."
He looks up at Bartz.
Cid: "Bartz, you take Vaan and get out of here."
He looks back at Vaan.
Cid: "I'll take Reks and catch up with you."
Vaan: "Alright..."
Vaan looks at Bartz, and wipes the tears from his eyes.
They both leave as Cid picks up Reks and follows.
Ciel takes a step forward, she wants to run after them and comfort Vaan.
She stops after her first step, more Heartless surround her.
A tear drops from her eye.
She wipes it away.
Ciel: "MOVE!"
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless
A loud scream is heard from the sky, followed by thunder.
The clouds from above begin to spiral down to the ground.
It spirals down into the shape of a Heartless.
It solidifes from it's gaseous form, and is now a solid being.
It opens it's mouth and lets out a shriek.
As it does, lightning strikes the windmill in the center of the area.
The windmill snaps and falls to the ground, it is now on fire, and blocking the way out where Vaan, Cid, and Bartz went.
Ciel: "No!"
Ciel readies her Keyblade and charges the large Heartless.
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless
Note: Whenever the Heartless shrieks, lightning strikes from the sky.
It also swipes with it's hands and stomps with it's feet.
It can also shoot a blizzard from it's mouth. When the Heartless reaches the middle of its health bar the fight will be interrupted by a scene.
Ciel jumps back, dodging lightning from the sky.
She hears some people screaming off the side.
The people are blocked by the fire, they can't escape.
Ciel: "Hold on, I'm coming!"
She begins to run, but it stopped.
The Heartless blew snow from it's mouth at Ciel.
Ciel: "This is going to be a problem."
She looks all around, and then hears a whistling from behind.
She looks behind her, and sees Kain charging towards her.
He jumps right in front of her, and lands on the Heartless' head, stabbing his spear into it's head.
The Heartless lets out a shriek, causing lightning to flash across the stage.
Ciel: "Kain!"
Kain: "Save those people!"
Ciel looks over to the people surrounded by the fire.
She sees the lightning approaching them.
She dashes over to them, and gets them out of the fire.
She runs them out of the area, back to Vaan's shop.
Ciel: "Stay here, you're safe now."
Villager: "Bless you child."
The villagers run into the shop for sanctuary.
Ciel: "Kain...."
She turns around.
Player Goal: Help Kain
Ciel runs in, and summons her Keyblade.
She sees Kain jumping all over the place, avoiding the blasts of snow and random lightning strikes.
Ciel runs in and joins in the fight.
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless
Ciel runs to one side of the Heartless, while Kain jumps onto it's head once more.
He stabs his spear into the head of the Heartless, which causes it to shriek out in terror.
Lightning strikes down on Kain, who is still holding his spear.
The spear acts as a lightning rod, and causes damage to the Heartless as well.
Kain, damaged, falls off the Heartless' head.
As he does, the Heartless swipes at Kain, and sends him flying.
Kain flies so far that he falls off the mountain in the direction of his cave.
Ciel: "KAIN!"
Player Goal: Finish off the Heartless
Note: But now that Kain's spear is imbedded in the head, the player can deal more damage by attacking that area, or if lightning strikes it.
The Heartless falls on its stomach.
Lying there, Ciel sees her opportunity.
She jumps on the Heartless' head, and grabs onto Kain's spear.
She raises her Keyblade up high.
Lightning strikes from the sky, and hits her Keyblade.
She acts as a conductor and the lightning travels from her Keyblade, through her, through Kain's spear, and into the Heartless.
The Heartless lets out one final shriek and dissipates.
As it does, it begins to rain.
The windmill is no longer burning. The fire was put out by the rain.
Ciel drops both her Keyblade and Kain's spear.
She drops to her knees, she's tired out.
She breathes heavily.
Ciel: "I...did it..."
People begin to pour into the scene.
Everyone in town crowds in front of Ciel, while still keeping their distance.
They are surprised, and shocked. They don't know what to do/say.
People in the crowd begin talking.
Townsman 2: "It happened, it really happened."
Townsman 4: "The hermit was right!"
Everybody starts chattering among themselves.
From the crowd, Cid Raines emerges. He stands in front of the crowd.
He stands in front of Ciel.
Cid: "Now everyone, I know this has been severely damaging-"
Townsman 1: "You're damn right! I'm ruined, and it's all thanks to that hermit!"
EVERYONE: "Yeah!"
Cid raises his hands, as to stop the crowd.
Cid: "This is not the hermit's fault."
People in the crowd seem confused.
Vaan pushes his way to the front, followed by Bartz.
Cid: "He came to warn us, Dark Days have come. But remember what next he said."
Vaan: "He said someone was the key behind it all!"
Cid: "That is right."
Cid begins to pace.
Cid: "Now I know he meant that someone in town would be the cause of this tragedy, but there's more to his cryptic words."
Townsman 2: "What do you mean?"
EVERYONE: "Yeah!"
Cid stops pacing.
Cid: "Someone would be the key...an odd way to word it, no?"
He looks at Ciel, and her Keyblade on the ground.
He begins pacing again.
Cid: "The "key" lies before us now, and that person is..."
He stops pacing and points at Ciel.
Cid: "Ciel, not only is she the key but she holds it."
He walks over to her, and picks up her Keyblade.
Cid: "This...weapon, with it Ciel brought upon this tragic night."
Everyone in the crowd seems confused, but Vaan looks stern.
He is intent on hearing everything Cid has to say.
Cid lowers the Keyblade to his side, and in a flash it disappears.
Everyone gasps, including Cid, as it returns to Ciel's hand.
Cid turns around and sees this.
Cid: "You see."
Bartz comes running out of the crowd and stands in front of Cid.
Bartz: "Now hold it right there!"
He spreads out his arms and legs.
Bartz: "That's hardly any evidence suggesting Ciel caused this."
Cid: "Oh? Maybe she'd like to tell us what she was doing beneath the clouds then?"
Everyone in the crowd starts chatting amongst themselves again.
Vaan still stares straight, he wants to see the end of this.
Cid: "This morning she left the village and went beneath the clouds. Doesn't it seem odd that when she returns she has that "key" and we are suddenly under attack?"
Bartz hesitates.
Cid: "It sounds like more than a coincidence..."
He looks at Vaan.
Cid: "If you ask me."
Vaan now only stares at Ciel. A tear begins to fall from his eye.
He can't bare to think that his own friend would've been the cause of his brother's death.
But Vaan wants to believe Cid, he respects Cid and like Reks, agreed with Cid.
Bartz looks at Vaan.
He can't believe that Vaan is thinking Ciel was the cause of the attack.
Ciel is still on her knees, exhausted from the previous battle.
Bartz turns his head towards Ciel.
Bartz: "Ciel?"
Ciel: "Yeah..."
Bartz: "You gotta make a break for it, I can't keep them here forever."
Ciel: "But...Bartz..."
She picks up her head and looks at Bartz.
Bartz: "You gotta go...now."
Ciel: "Bartz..."
Ciel picks herself up. She stands up, but is a little wobbly.
The crowd of people doesn't realize, they are talking amongst themselves.
Cid doesn't realize either, since he is walking towards the crowd, trying to calm them down.
But Vaan, he is the only one who sees Ciel stand up and turn around.
Vaan doesn't do anything.
Ciel runs away, and Bartz looks at Vaan.
Vaan continues to stare at Ciel, with a tear on his cheek.
Ciel is now back in front of Vaan's shop.
Player Goal: Return to Kain's cave
Ciel walks in, finally has her balance back.
Ciel: "Kain!?"
She looks around, but no answer, nobody around.
She slumps down against the wall.
Ciel: "Kain, I hope you're okay."
Kain comes hazily into the cave.
He is limping, he holds his right arm and is dragging his left foot.
His outfit is scarred with scratches and cuts.
Kain: "Hu..."
Ciel notices him, and stands up immediately.
Ciel: "Kain!"
She runs to him, and helps walk him in farther.
She sets him down against the wall.
She notices his wounds, and wants to help but doesn't know what to do.
Ciel: "Kain, you're hurt badly...you need help."
Kain: "No...no, I'm...it's alright."
Ciel: "You're joking right? You gotta be, you can't be fine!"
Kain: "Just....just don't...-"
Ciel: "This is all my fault, maybe Cid was right."
Kain: "Don't beat yourself...up. You had...nothing to...do...with...this."
Ciel: "But if I hadn't come back down to see you-"
Kain: "You...you came back? Why...?"
Ciel: "I never told you my name."
She stares into his eyes, she sees the life draining from his eyes.
Ciel: "My name is Ciel."
Kain: "Ciel..."
Ciel: "Kain..."
She lowers her head, and begins to cry a little.
A long pause....
A flash of light emerges from behind the cloth hanging in the back of the cave.
Kain notices it, but Ciel doesn't.
Kain: "Ciel.."
Ciel picks her head up, she notices the light.
She runs over, and tears down the cloth.
The light fades, and she sees a door on the wall.
Ciel: "It's a door..."
She reaches for the handle, but stops.
She turns around and rushes back to Kain.
She tries to help him up.
Ciel: "Let's go Kain, we're going to get you help."
Kain: "No Ciel...it's not...the door's not for...me."
Ciel: "What do you mean? We're going to get you help."
Kain shakes his head side to side, showing "NO".
Ciel: "You're crazy, I'm not going to let you-"
Kain: "Ciel...be strong..."
Kain places his hand to his neck.
He rips off his necklace, and holds it in front of him and Ciel.
Kain: "I want you...to have this..."
Ciel: "What, what for?"
Kain: "To remember...remember...don't give up. Don't...forget."
Ciel: "I'm not going to, because you're coming too."
Kain: "No Ciel, my place...is here."
Kain pushes the necklace onto Ciel.
She takes it and holds it in her hand.
Kain pushes her away.
Kain: "Go now...through the door."
Ciel: "Kain..."
A tear falls from her eye.
Kain: "Promise you'll...remember."
Ciel: "I will Kain, I'll remember."
Ciel stands up and walks to the door.
Ciel: "I'll remember."
Mysterious Voice: "Are you ready?"
Ciel: "I'm ready to go..."
The door opens, the cave is enveloped in light.
Ciel turns around to see Kain still lying.
Ciel: "Goodbye Kain..."
She turns to face the door. She places her hand over her face and walks through.
The screen fades white...
Begins with a panning shot of the village and the people bustling through it when it finally lands on the gate to Linnea’s mansion with two guards escorting Linnea out.
LINNEA:Thank you, guards!
GUARD 1: Is there anything else that you require, Lady Linnea?
LINNEA: Hm… I don’t think so. Have a nice day!
Linnea starts to walk forward as the guards begin to follow her.
LINNEA: You don’t need to follow me, I’m just going to see Rydia.
GUARD 2: We’re sorry, Lady Linnea. It’s your father’s orders to at least keep watch ofyou when you’re away from the grounds.
Linnea sighs
LINNEA: Fine… come on.
Linnea starts trudging to Rydia’s house. The guards follow
Goal: Reach Rydia’s house!
Note: The player is now followed by the two guards as you go through the village.
Linnea runs up to Rydia
RYDIA: Hey!
LINNEA:Hi, Rydia!
Rydia and Linnea begin whispering.
RYDIA: What’s with the guards?
LINNEA: I'm sorry. I didn’t want to argue with them today, so I brought them along.
RYDIA: Well we’ll just have to get rid of them then.
Rydia smiles then looks at guards.
RYDIA: Um… sorry guys. Girl stuff.
Guards look at each other and back at Rydia.
RYDIA: Well?! Didn’t you hear me? Go stand over there, we need some privacy!
GUARDS:Uh…
Guards look at Linnea. Linnea shrugs.
LINNEA: Sorry guys, it’s true.
The guards walk away to the other side of the street, keeping their eyes on Linnea and Rydia.
RYDIA: Well look away, you creepo’s!
Guards look startled and turn around. Rydia whispers.
RYDIA: Okay, come with me.
Goal: Go to the Usual Spot with out the guards noticing!
Note: The player runs around with Rydia trying to find the secret place. They can use the reaction command ‘This way!’ for Rydia to point you in the right direction. Linnea also has a ‘confidence’ meter that begins at full. After about 15 seconds, the guards will notice you’re gone and start looking for you.
If you come within their line of sight, they’ll try and catch you (If they succeed you lose the game). If you get seen about 3 to four times, Linnea’s confidence meter will fully deplete, making her stand around, deciding whether to go back to the guards; then you have to use the reaction command ‘Come on!’ for Rydia to convince Linnea to keep going (This will make her confidence bar full again, but it takes about 10 seconds)
You win once you find the Usual Spot.
Linnea and Rydia’s ‘Usual Spot’ is a small secluded garden on the edge of the city along the wall with a fountain in it.
LINNEA: So what did you want to tell me, Rydia?
RYDIA: Look for yourself.
Rydia points to a small hole in the wall. Linnea and Rydia gather around it.
LINNEA: Woah… is that…?
RYDIA: A hole outside.
LINNEA:Are…are we going out there?
RYDIA: We sure are! I’ve already taken a peek and it’s not as dangerous as everyone says.
LINNEA: Are you sure? There’s a reason why only adults can leave the village --
RYDIA: What’s wrong, Linnea? I thought you liked adventure?
LINNEA: But that’s playing. This is… well this is just breaking rules…
RYDIA: Linnea, we already broke, like, five when we made a couple of dopes out of those guards.
LINNEA: I…guess…
Silence
LINNEA: You’re sure that there’s nothing bad out there?
RYDIA: Unless cherry blossoms are made of pure evil, then no.
LINNEA: O-okay!
Rydia and Linnea crawl through the hole.
Rydia and Linnea (in that order) come out of the hole onto the forest floor. Linnea looks around slowly.
LINNEA: Woooooooow…
RYDIA: That’s what I said.
LINNEA: What…do we do?
RYDIA: We play, of course! How about hide and seek?
Goal:Find Rydia!
RYDIA: Alright, you caught me… But this isn’t over yet! Tag, you’re it!
Rydia pokes Linnea and quickly runs away. Linnea and Rydia happily run through the forest until they get about a good 100 meters away from the wall when Linnea looses track of Rydia. Linnea stops running.
LINNEA: Rydia? Rydia? Oh no, where did sh-EEEEK!
Linnea gets pulled into abush
LINNEA: Mmmpphphhh!!!! *Her mouth is covered by Rydia’s hand but then she takes itaway* What’s your prob-
RYDIA: Shhhhh! I think I hear someone coming!
Linnea and Rydia look out through the bush at the forest. At first there’s nothing butthen Firion comes into view. Rydia and Linnea whisper.
RYDIA: Who’s that?
LINNEA: Is he from our village?
RYDIA: I don’t recognize him…
LINNEA: What if he’s dangerous? Rydia, I wanna go home!
RYDIA:Wait, Linne-
Linnea tries to make a break for the wall, but trips on a rock and falls flat on her face. Firion, not knowing where the sound is coming from, takes out his bow. Rydia facepalms. Firion comes closer. Linnea gets up.
LINNEA: Owwy…
Linnea notices Firion with the bow out
LINNEA: Eeeek! Please don’t kill me!
Firion puts the bow away.
FIRION: I’m sorry, I thought you were some kind of threat.
LINNEA: Me?
Linnea points to herself.
LINNEA: A threat?
Firion laughs.
Linnea stands up.
LINNEA: What’s so funny!?
FIRION: You. I wonder if your friend in the bush is just as hilarious.
RYDIA: Eeep!
Rydia steps out of the bush.
FIRION: What are the two of you doing out here? I’ve never seen you before.
LINNEA: We-we’re from the village…
FIRION: …which one?
RYDIA/LINNEA: You mean there’s more!?
FIRION: You didn’t know? Yes there’s one over there, and then there’s the one that Icome from. It’s about a mile away in that direction.
Firion points somewhere.
RYDIA: Wooooow, really?
LINNEA: What’s your name, Mister?
FIRION: It’s Firion.
RYDIA: Could we maybe come and visit sometime?
FIRION: If you wish. Although we don’t have many visitors. And on top of that, our Elder has been acting strangely lately.
LINNEA: An Elder? Is that like a mayor or something?
FIRION: I guess so. But it’ll be getting dark in a couple hours though. You should head home. You can visit at any other time.
Firion starts to walks away.
RYDIA: Awwwww…..
Rydia slumps over.
LINNEA: You heard him, let’s go back.
RYDIA: Yeah…
They walk back to the wall as Firion walks in the opposite direction when Rydia getsa mischievous smile on her face.
RYDIA: Hey Linnea…
LINNEA:Yeah?
RYDIA: He’s gotta’ go home sometime, right? What if we just… I dunno, followed him?
LINNEA: Whu-No! Nuh-uh! You heard what he said, it’s getting dark soon! I mean…Hephalumps and woozles might come out!
RYDIA: Linnea, that’s just a kid’s story.
LINNEA: How do you know?
RYDIA: I -- look, once we get back inside, your Dad will probably have those guards sealthe hole up and we’ll never get a chance like this again.
LINNEA: I dunno…
RYDIA: Come on… it’ll be fuuuuun!
Linnea looks at the hole in the wall, then looks at Rydia, and looks at the forest
LINNEA: …okay,I’ll do it.
RYDIA: That’s what I’m talkin’ about!
Goal: Follow Firion without being seen!
*Linnea and Rydia are hiding behind a tree watching Firion talk to two guards (You can’t hear what they’re saying) and then Firion walks towards a tree with some stairs on it*
Rydia:Let’s sneak in another way!
*Rydia and Linnea are tiptoeing around the guards when the guards notice them*
Guard 1:HEY!
Rydia +Linnea: Waaah!
Guard 1:Who are you!? What are you doing here?
Rydia:We-I-Oh man…
Linnea:Waaaaaa!!!! *breaks into tears*
Guard 2:*Walks up* What’s going on here?
Guard 1:These two were trying to sneak into the village.
Guard 2:Why you-
*Firion puts his hand on Guard 2’s shoulder*
Firion:It’s okay, they’re with me.
Guard 2:O-of course, Firion…
Firion:Come on, let me show you around.
Linnea:*sniff* *sniff* o-okay…
Guard 1:Now hold on, Firion!
*Firion looks at the Guard*
Guard 1:They don’t look familiar, and they didn’t leave with you. They must be outsiders, right?
Firion:What of it?
Guard 1:You know the law. They need to see the elder and prove they’re not a threat!
Guard 2:Yeah, that’s right!
Firion: Fine, I’ll take them to the Elder.
Guard 1:No, we will.
Guards:Come on, move along.
*They all walk towards the tree with the stairs on it.*
Linnea:So where’s the village at?
Firion:*turns around* Up there, of course.
*Rydiaand Linnea look up*
Rydia +Linnea: Wooooooooow!
*There is a shot of the village showing people walking back and forth, children playing,etc.*
Linnea:That’s so cool!
Guards:Come on, up the stairs.
*fadeout*
*fade in,they are all up the stairs now*
Guard 2:The Elder’s house is just across that bridge. *points* She’ll judge weather ornot you’re allowed here.
*The Guards go back down the stairs while Firion, Linnea and Rydia start walking across the bridge*
Firion:Why did you follow me?
Rydia: You have no idea how stuffy it gets cramped up inside that little town! We justwanted to have some fun before we went back!
Firion: I see. And what about you? *looks at Linnea*
Linnea: Me? *points at herself*
Firion:*nods* You must have some reason for following me here too.
Linnea:Um…
*silence*
Linnea:Nope, I just did it because she told me to.
Firion:*laughs* You never cease to amuse me.
*Linnea looks confused but shrugs it off*
Firion: Here we are. *lifts the curtain*
Firion: Elder?
Shantotto:*turns around* hm?
Firion: I have some outsiders with me. They would like to see the village.
Shantotto:If it is the rest of the village they want to see, they must first prove thatthey are worthy.
*Shantottowalks up to Rydia and Linnea and eyes the both of them very carefully*
*Linnea and Rydia look at each other and back to Shantotto*
Shantotto:I have felt a presence in the forest lately, and you two seem suspicious quite greatly…
Rydia:Um…
Firion:They belong to the walled village south of here.
Shantotto:I see. And who might you two be, exactly?
Rydia: I’m Rydia…
Linnea:And I-I’m Linnea…
Shantotto:…
Firion:If I could just show them around and bring them back to their village.
Shantotto:Very well, you may. You don’t seem threatening in any which way.
Rydia:Thank… you?
Shantotto: You may call me Shantotto, Rydia and Linnea. I hope that you have a quite wonderful day! *Shakes their hands*
Linnea: Wow… *picks up a bow*
Firion: I see you like the bow.
Linnea: *still looking at the bow* yeah, I’ve seen the guards shoot them before.
Firion: Have you ever shot one?
Linnea: *shakes her head* No.
Firion: Here, let me show you *pulls out his bow*
Firion will shoot a target with his bow and tell Linnea “See? Easy as pie. Now you.”
Player objective- Shoot all of the targets!
Linnea has a set amount of arrows and the player must shoot several stationary targets and a couple moving ones.
Firion: Good job!
Rydia: Woooow, you’re like a pro, Linnea!
Linnea: Thanks! *puts down the bow*
Firion: With some more practice, you’ll be even better than me someday.
Linnea: Well I don’t know about that… *awkward smile*
Firion: Never underestimate yourself, Linnea. *bends down*
As long as you’ve got this *points to her heart* nothing can stop you.
Linnea: Yeah, I guess…
Firion: *stands up and smiles* Come on, we’ll have to hurry if you want to see the village by sundown.
Firion: Is everything alright, Ma’am?
This is activated when the player walks in front of a little old lady looking for something on one of the village's platforms.
Old woman: Oh, I’m so worried…
Linnea: What is it?
Old Woman: I seem to have lost my cat! I don’t know where my little Snickerdoodles could have gone…
Firion: I’ll help you find him. *Looks at Rydia and Linnea* sorry, I’ll only be a couple of minutes.
Rydia: Ooh, ooh, we can help!
Linnea: Yeah!
Goal: Find the cat!
The player must go throughout a small part of the village and search for the old lady’s cat.
Rydia and Linnea walk up to the old lady and Firion with Linnea holding the cat.
Linnea: Here you go! *Holds out the cat*
Old lady: *takes the cat* Oh thank you! This means a lot to me. *starts to walk away* Who’s my good little Snickerdoodles? *to the cat*
Cat: Meow.
Firion: Okay, let’s get going.
There's a woman yelling at a child that's playing on a tree.
Woman: Get down from there! Come on son, come back!
Firion: What seems to be the problem?
Woman: My son’s playing on the tree. I’m afraid he’ll fall. *looks back at her son* Come on, come back!
Son: No! *sticks his tounge out*
Woman: *sigh* stop that right now, you’ll fall!
Firion: Come on boy, listen to your mother.
Son: *singing* You can’t make me! *starts dancing on the tree branch*
Rydia: *whispers* What a little brat.
Linnea: *whispers* I hope I never meet anybody like that.
(lol, foreshadowing)
The son is still dancing, but the tree limb breaks and he barely manages to hold on.
Son: A-aaaaaahhhh!
Woman: Aaaah! Someone help!
Firion: *jumps onto another tree branch*
Firion: Come on. *reaches out his hand*
Son: *grabs it*
Firion hoists the child up on his back and hops back onto the platform.
Firion: Here. *puts the son down*
Son: *Looks at himself in disbelief*
Son: Yaaaaaaay!
*the kid runs off, happy that he’s still alive*
Woman: Wait! *runs after him*
Firion: Some people just never learn.
Linnea: I dunno… I think that everyone can change…
(This scene is activated once you finish the previous three)
Rydia: Wow, this place is so big!
Linnea: Yeah, there’s no way we can cover all of it before the sun goes down.
Firion: You’re right. We have enough time to see one more thing before you have to go home. So what’ll it be?
Linnea: hmm… Can we go see Shantotto again?
Rydia: Yeah, we wanna ask her some stuff!
Firion: Sure, if that’s what you want to do.
Goal: Go see Shantotto!
(Once you get to Shantotto’s hut/house/tree thingy)
Firion: *walks in* Hello? Elder?
Shantotto: Come in, come in!
Firion: The visitors wanted to talk to you.
Shantotto: If they wish to talk to me, let them in so I can see.
*Linnea and Rydia walk in*
Shantotto: Hello, Rydia and Linnea! What is it that you want to say?
Linnea: Well…
Rydia: How come we’ve never heard of you before?
Shantotto: What?
Linnea: We never knew this village existed before today.
Shantotto: That is quite a surprise! You ARE from the other village on the forest floor, am I right?
Linnea + Rydia: Um… Yeah.
Shantotto: Everybody there should know of this place. I think a secret has been kept from you until as of late.
Rydia: T-They never told us!?
Linnea: W-would Dad lie to me like that?
Shantotto:*whispers to herself* Even with the conflict between us, they would go as far as to-
Rydia: What?
Shantotto: *pauses for a second* I’m afraid that that is the only explanation. But for such an act, there is no justification.
Rydia: Everybody lied to us!
Linnea: Well, maybe. We don’t know yet.
Firion: Sorry to interrupt, but just so you know, it’s getting dark outside, we should hurry.
Linnea: *turns to Shantotto* Thank you so much, goodbye.
Shantotto: Farewell, Rydia and Linnea. I hope you get to the bottom of this charade.
*fades to black*
*fades into Firion, Rydia and Linnea walking through the forest towards Linnea’s village*
*The wall comes into view*
Firion: There it is. *looks at the other two* Can you two make it the rest of the way by yourselves?
Linnea +Rydia: *nods*
Firion: Okay. *starts to head back* Take care of yourselves! *starts to run*
Rydia +Linnea: Thanks, Firion! *Waves goodbye*
*Rydia and Linnea turn around*
Rydia: That was so COOL!
Linnea: Yeah!
Rydia: We should go back again tomorrow!
Linnea: Yeah, we shou- wait…
Rydia: What?
Linnea: We’ve been gone all day. *gets into the hole*
Rydia: So? *Gets in behind Linnea*
Linnea: Wouldn’t our parents notice?
Rydia: Well yeah, but we can come up with some kind of excuse.
Linnea: Yeah, I guess you’re right. I just hope Daddy doesn’t-
*Linnea crawls out on the other side and looks up to see her father and several guards standing over her
Linnea: -get mad at me.
*fades to black*
*Fades to Linnea sitting on her bed in her room with a shameful look on her face. Her Dad is yelling at her*
Linnea’s Father: How could you go and do that!?
Linnea: I-
Linnea’s Father: You trick my guards, run out into the forest and talk to those… those SAVAGES! They could have HURT YOU! They didn’t did they!? Did Rydia put you up to this!? I’ll have her punished! I-I’ll have my guards march into that village and burn it to the ground if they hurt you!
*This is the last straw for Linnea, who can’t stand her father insulting all of her friends. Due to this, she gets a glimmer of courage and talks back to her father*
Linnea: Well you never told me NOT to! I didn’t even know that there was anything outside the village! And they were nice to me! In fact, I think you’re more likely to hurt me than them!
*Linnea’s Dad looks shocked*
*Linnea’s Dad walks closer to her and points straight at her face*
Linnea’s Father: You’re in big trouble, young lady. I’m going to patch up that hole first thing tomorrow, and then you and your friend Rydia won’t be able to leave your rooms until I see that you both have figured out THAT YOU ARE NOT ALLOWEDTO LEAVE THIS VILLAGE!
*He slams the door behind him and goes out into the hallway*
Linnea’s Father: *rubs his eyes* What am I going to do with you, Linnea?
*He starts walking down the hallway and it fades to black*
*Fades back in to Linnea sitting in her room in the same position that she was in when her Dad left. She’s still in shock from her Dad yelling at her. It’s now completely night*
Linnea:*sniff* *sniff* *starts to cry*
*Linnea tries to wipe the tears away from her face*
Linnea:*stands up and opens her window, she’s still crying a little bit* Fine then. If you don’t want me, I know somebody who does! *she climbs out on to the ledge outside her window and jumps down*
*Linnea stumbles a little bit and falls*
Linnea: Owwy… *grabs her knee*
*Linnea looks out towards the village and nods to herself and gets up*
*Linnea runs towards the village*
Goal- Get to the Usual Spot without being noticed!
There is an increased amount of Guards on patrol and Linnea must go though alleyways and roof tops to escape them. If you come within the guards’ line of sight, they’ll try and catch you (If they succeed you lose the game). If you escape them, the guards will be on alert mode for about 30 seconds. You can also throw rocks to cause distractions so you can sneak past. You can also hide in several things such as trash cans, bushes, behind trees, ect.
Once you get to the usual spot, Linnea will crawl out into the forest.
Linnea:*brushes herself off and looks up* Wow, this place looks a lot bigger at night… *nervous laugh* Maybe I should just go back to my-
???: Who's there?
Linnea: Eeep!
Rydia: *Steps out from behind a tree* Linnea?
Linnea: Rydia?
Rydia:*looks around* Shh. *puts her finger up to her mouth*
Linnea: Oh! *nods her head*
Rydia:*walks up to Linnea* (whispers) Why are you out here?
Linnea: (whispers) I- I’m running away.
Rydia: (Whispers) Me too!
Linnea: (whispers) really?
Rydia: (whispers) Yeah, I managed to sneak out here while the guards weren’t looking.
Linnea: (whispers) Wanna’ run away together? *smiles*
Rydia:*smiles* I’d be delighted, Lady Linnea *bows, then raises her head up and smiles jokingly*
Linnea:*giggles*
*The two run off into the forest and it fades out to black*
*fades out to Rydia and Linnea walking through the dark forest* (The player sees this from Linnea’s point of view)
Rydia: Come on, Linnea. We’re almost there.
(The screen starts to fade in and out and become wobbly)
Rydia: Linnea? What’s wrong?
Linnea: I- I don’t know- *Linnea falls down*
Rydia: Linnea?
*screen fades out*
Rydia (voice): Wait, who are you!?
Linnea’s Dive begins.
*Linnea is floating down to the station of awakening*
Linnea: W-where am I?
Linnea: Is this… a dream?
*Linnea lands*
Voice: Are you afraid?
Linnea: Wha-? Who’s there?
Voice: Do not deny your heart...
Linnea: What are you talking about?
Voice: Do not be afraid.
*The Keyblade appears in Linnea’s hand*
Voice: For you have the mightiest weapon of all...
Linnea: What is this thing? A… a key?
Voice: Are you worthy?
*Some Shadow Heartless emerge from the ground in front of her*
Goal: Defeat the strange creatures!
Linnea:*breathing hard* Wh-what were those things?
Voice: Why are you so afraid or the darkness?
Linnea: I-I’m not afraid!
Voice: Then prove it.
*A door appears*
This scene is activated when you walk through the door
*Linnea appears on another station of awakening in which there is only one beam of light in the middle where she is standing*
*Linnea looks around for the door she came through, but it has disappeared. Linnea starts to get a little scared*
Voice: Do not let your fear stand between you and what your heart desires.
Linnea: My heart desires to get out of here!
Voice: Just one final test…
*several yellow eyes pop up in the darkness around Linnea
Goal-Defeat the scary enemies!
Basically, there’s a pack of Wolf Heartless (about 5). 4 of them are slightly smaller ones with about 1/4th of a full health bar, and a bigger, black wolf heartless that is the ‘Alpha Male’. The large one is invulnerable until you take out the smaller wolves first. After you take out the other wolves and you get the main Heartless down to about ½ of its health, it’ll jump off of the station and hide in the darkness surrounding it (similar to Red Eyes in BBS). It’ll jump across the station and attack Linnea without warning, and you have to deflect its blows with reaction commands. If you successfully parry one of its attacks, it will be stunned for about 8 seconds.
*Linnea defeats the Heartless and the Keyblade goes away*
*Linnea looks up and the screen turns to white*
*The screen fades from the whiteness into Linnea’s point of view. Firion is trying to wake Linnea up*
Firion: Linnea! Linnea, wake up!
Linnea: Whu-what?
*camera switches to looking upon Firion and Linnea*
Linnea:*jumps up* Aaaah!
Firion: What’s the matter!? What’s wrong!?
Linnea: Where am I? Where are those things?
Firion: Where were what!?
Linnea: The things! They had yellow eyes and big sharp teeth and-… Oaaaahhh, they were so scary!!!
Firion: You saw them too!?
Linnea: You mean there are more!?
Firion: Yeah, they attacked the village. I was leading a group to safety when I found you and Rydia unconscious here.
Linnea: Where’s Rydia?
Firion: I sent her and the group to your village, where it’s safe.
Linnea: Well I wouldn’t say it’s safe, you see, I-
Firion: Rydia already explained everything to me. Don’t worry; I’ll talk to your father.
Firion: Alright, we’d better get moving before those things come this way.
*Firion and Linnea start to walk*
*Heartless appear all around them*
Linnea:Aah!
Firion:*takes out his bow* Run, Linnea!
Linnea: What?
Firion: Run!
Linnea:*starts running*
Firion:*fires an arrow at a heartless just as it lunges at him*
Player Goal: Get to the village, quickly!
(Heartless will pop up all over the place and try to attack you. You can’t hurt them, so just run straight to the wall)
*Linnea is running from Heartless and is almost at the hole in the wall*
*Linnea lunges into the hole and is half way through when some Heartless grab her legs and drag her back out*
Linnea: No! No! *tries to fight them off*
*a rock hits one of the Heartless in the head*
Rydia (off screen): Hey!
*all of the Heartless look over*
Rydia: Why don’t you pick on someone your own size!
*All of the Heartless rush over to Rydia and she starts to run away, distracting them so Linnea can get away*
Linnea: Rydia! *Looks around in a panic and sees the Keyblade leaning against a tree next to her*
Linnea: I-is this…? *picks it up*
Rydia (Off screen): Aaaaah!
Linnea:*Runs to Rydia’s rescue*
*Rydia is cornered by Heartless when Linnea runs up and stands beside her*
Rydia: You were supposed to run away!
Linnea: Sorry…
*The Heartless closes in*
Rydia: I guess this is the end, huh!?
Linnea: *Looks around at the Heartless, and then down at the Keyblade*
Get away from my friend!
Player Goal: Protect Rydia from the Scary Creatures!
Rydia: Wooow, where’d you get that thing!?
Linnea: Found it.
Rydia: Cool.
Linnea: Yeah.
Rydia: Come on, we’ve got to get into the village. It’s safe there.
Linnea: Wait, what about Firion?
Rydia: He can take care of himself.
BOOM!!!!(Off screen)
Rydia: What was that!?
Linnea: I don’t know!
Rydia: Come on!
Player Goal: Go meet everyone inside the village!
(Go through the hole and run through the village until you get to Linnea’s Father’s Mansion)
*Rydia and Linnea are running towards the mansion, with Rydia in front of Linnea*
*By this time, it’s about dawn*
Rydia: Come on, Linnea! Pick up the pace!
Linnea: Sorry!
*They make it to the mansion where Linnea’s father is doing a roll call of all the civilians*
*Rydia makes it there before Linnea and hugs her mother, who is crying*
*Linnea’s Father sees her*
Linnea’s Dad: Linnea!
Linnea: Dad!
Linnea’s Dad: *starts to make his way towards her* I-I thought you were-
*Just when they are about to go hug each other, a huge tree falls in between them*
*Several trees fall around the area to make an arena of sorts*
Linnea: Wha-what’s going on!?
*VROOM, VROOM! (Off screen)*
*Linnea turns around to see the bulldozer Heartless looking straight at her and revving its saws*
Linnea: O-oh no!
*The Heartless comes straight at her*
*camera zooms in on Linnea’s face*
Linnea: Aaaaahhhh!!!!!!
*an arrow hits the Heartless’ treads, making it get stuck for a moment*
*a slightly battle damaged Firion jumps down to Linnea from the trees*
Linnea: Firion!
*Firion nods seriously*
*Linnea looks surprised but then nods back*
*They both look at the Heartless who has just broken free*
*The Heartless revs its saws in an angry manner*
Player Goal: Defeat the Giant creature!
(I forget just how we want this boss battle to go exactly, so if you could tell me that, it’d be great)
*The Heartless falls to a heap in the ground and a heart slowly floats up in their*
Linnea: WH-we did it!
Firion: Yeah, we did.
*Linnea’s Father manages to crawl over the tree*
Linnea’s Dad: Linnea!
Linnea: Hi, Dad! *You can tell she’s feeling proud of herself, having defeated the Heartless*
*Linnea starts to walk over to her Dad as he runs over to her*
Linnea: Dad, I-
Linnea’s Dad: Go back to the mansion; I’ll take care of this.
Linnea: Wait, whu-
*Linnea’s Dad walks over to Firion and points right in his face*
Linnea’s Dad: First you steal my daughter, and then you ATTACK MY VILLAGE!?
Firion: Sir, my village didn’t have anything to do with it, we were attacked to-
Linnea’s Dad: Don’t give me any of that garbage!
Linnea: Um… Dad?
*Linnea’s Dad turns around*
Linnea’s Dad: Didn’t I tell you to go inside?
Linnea: The other village isn’t a bad place. They don’t want to hurt us or anybody else, really. I mean, they’re all really nice and-
Linnea’s Dad: Is that what they told you?
Linnea: What-?
Linnea’s Dad: I’m going to give you two options. You can either stay here and behave, or go and run off to that little disgrace of a village that you love so much!
*You can see the look of betrayal on Linnea’s face*
Linnea:*starts to tear up* Fine!
*Linnea runs through a large hole in the wall into a forest*
*Linnea’s Dad looks slightly surprised and looks at Firion*
*Firion gives him a glare and follows Linnea into the forest*
*Linnea is running through the forest with tears in her eyes*
*Linnea stops in a clearing in the forest and sits down on a log*
*Firion catches up to Linnea and sits down beside her*
Firion: Linnea…
Linnea:*trying not to cry* Where can I go now?
Firion:*thinks for a second* Are you sure that you never want to return home?
Linnea:*nods*
Firion: Then we’ll just have to find a new one.
Linnea: A… new home?
Firion: Yeah, we’ll have to find one though. We’ll have to go on a journey.
Linnea:*wipes the tears from her eyes* O-okay.
Firion: Before we do this, I need to ask you one more time, you’re sure you don’t wanton return home?
Linnea: I’ve never been so sure in my life!
VOOM!
*a corridor of Light appears in the middle of the small clearing, Linnea jumps little bit*
Linnea: What is that!?
Firion: I think it’s for you.
Linnea: I’m… supposed to go through it?
Firion: I’d assume so.
Linnea: What about you?
Firion:*smiles* We all have our own journeys that we need to follow.
Linnea: O-okay…
*Linnea gets up and slowly goes towards the portal*
*Linnea turns around*
Linnea: Firion?
Firion: Yeah?
Linnea: Thanks.
*Linnea goes through the portal*
*The portal closes just as Linnea’s Dad runs up*
Linnea’s Dad: Linnea, no! *drops to his knees*
*Firion gets up*
Linnea’s Dad: What happened?
Firion: She had to go on her own path. Not mine; not yours.
Linnea’s Dad: I- I never meant to drive her away… *hangs his head* I just wanted to protect her.
Firion: Don’t be sad for her. Be proud of her.
*Linnea’s Dad looks up*
Firion: Everyone has a journey. *starts to walk past Linnea’s Dad* Maybe it’s time you went on your own.
Linnea’s Dad: *thinks for a second* What’s going to happen now?
Firion: Whatever you choose to happen.
Raine looks up from a crowd, his face is not shown. Seymour walks out onto a balcony. Raine scoffs and walks towards the building in front of him as Seymour raises his hands. Raine walks in through the back as the crowd begins to fade away from view. The camera snaps up at Seymour after which the people shout and clap in awe of him. He walks away from the balcony and back into the building.
Seymour: "How was that, Kinoc?"
Kinoc: "Marvelous, Lord Seymour. Everyone out there supports you, you'll definitely stay in office for another term."
Seymour: "Another 3 years...will that be enough?"
Kinoc: "What do you mean?"
Seymour: "I have plans for Demarsi, and I am running out of time."
Kinoc: "Well-"
Raine walks into the room.
Seymour: "Did you enjoy the speech?"
Raine: "Sounds the same as the last one."
Raine sits down in a chair.
Seymour: "You remember Kinoc, don't you?"
Raine: "Why, where did he go?"
Seymour: "He was away on buisiness."
Raine: "Politics...can't get enough of it."
Kinoc: "When you're father is a Political Figure-"
Raine: "Whatever, I'm out of here."
Raine stands up and heads for the door.
Seymour: "Did you need something, Raine?"
Raine stops.
Raine: "Do you know where Khimari is?"
Seymour: "I haven't seen him all day...have you checked the coast?"
Raine walks out.
Kinoc: "I don't know why you ever took him under your care?"
Seymour: "Does he upset you Kinoc?"
Kinoc looks a little scared.
Kinoc: "No, not at all."
Seymour grins.
Seymour: "Then leave him be. He's a growing boy, he can take care of himself."
Screen goes black, then switches to Raine.
He is standing outside in the hall, and the player has control of him.
There's an elevator down the hall that takes Raine down to lobby.
He exit's the building and is outside.
Raine stares up at the sky, and the camera pans to the sky.
The name "Demarsi" appears, showing the name of the world.
Raine is in the Central Plaza, where a fountain is located in the middle.
Branching off the fountain are see-through pipes embedded into the ground.
These pipes run across all of Demarsi.
A man runs towards Raine from the fountain.
Raine: "Hey there Zell."
Zell: "Did you find him?"
Raine: "No, he may be down at the coast."
Zell: "Maybe? That'd be the first place I'd check."
Raine: "Then why didn't you?"
Zell pauses....
Zell: "I thought you did....no?"
Raine looks disappointed.
Raine: "Come on, let's head to the coast."
Raine and Zell start walking.
Zell: "The coast is all the way across town."
The player has control of Raine again.
As the player walks, Zell follows.
There's one exit located south of the Politcal Building, that leads to a street with people walking.
Raine can walk up to the citizens, and they will talk about the speech Seymour gave.
They will say that it was inspiring, and how much they liked it.
Raine will just look disappointed.
You pass through the street, and can go one of two ways.
Both ways lead to more streets which then connect together at the Shopping District.
It's called the Shopping District because there's a bunch of Merchant's stationed around.
Other than that, it looks like the Central Plaza. Meaning there's another fountain in the center.
Past the Shopping District are more streets, which ultimately lead up to the Coast.
The Coast is somewhat like a terrace, that just looks out into the ocean.
There are tables and chairs located around, and people come here to hang and sit around.
Zell: "Do you see him?"
Zell looks around.
Raine just keeps walking, towards the edge, where Khimari is standing.
He stands next to Khimari.
Khimari: "How was the speech?"
Raine: "You didn't hear it?"
Khimari shakes his head.
Khimari: "Khimari stand here the whole time."
Raine: "I can see that. We were trying to find you."
Khimari: "Zell wants another rematch?"
Zell: "You know it!"
Zell runs up next to Khimari.
They all just look out to the ocean and don't say anything for a while.
Zell: "Well, I'll be waiting by the usual spot Khimari."
Zell turns away.
Zell: "I'll see you two later."
He waves and runs away.
Raine: "He's a fiery one."
Khimari: "That he is."
Raine pauses.
Raine: "Do you miss your home Khimari?"
Khimari: "Khimari not remember home, Khimari only remember day he arrived."
Screen goes black....
Khimari and Raine are both staring out towards the ocean.
They don't say anything for a while.
Then Raine turns to Khimari.
Raine: "We should go find Zell, you know how he gets when we're late."
Khimari: "Let us go."
The player has control of Raine, and wherever he walks, Khimari follows.
They leave the Coast and return to the street before.
The street branches off into 3 ways, and the one to the left is a dead end.
Raine and Khimari head down the dead end and at the end is a dojo.
They enter the building and Zell sees them walk in.
Zell: "You guys are late....trying to skip out Khimari?"
Khimari: "Khimari no turn down challenge."
Zell: "Blah, blah, blah...just get in the ring already."
Zell walks over to a boxing ring and waits impatiently in a corner.
Raine: "Best not keep him waiting."
Khimari steps into the ring.
He and Zell go a few rounds, hitting each other.
Zell with boxing gloves, and Khimari with a pole.
Raine watches from the sidelines.
After a while, Khimari knocks back Zell, and Zell lands on his butt.
Zell: "Aw man! I can't believe I lost again...."
He looks sad.
Raine: "Cheer up Zell, don't be such a sore loser."
Zell: "Oh yeah!"
Zell walks over to Raine.
Zell: "I'd like to see you try to take him down."
Raine looks over to Khimari.
Raine: "I could use the practice."
Raine steps into the ring, as Zell exits.
Khimari gets into his battle stance.
This is the part where the player gets the feel of basic fighting controls.
It's a tutorial.
Raine uses a wooden sword for the fight.
If the player wins the fight, then Zell looks sad and Khimari is knocked on his butt.
If the player loses the fight, then Zell laughs, Raine is knocked on his butt, and Khimari helps him up.
After that, Raine steps out of the ring and Khimari follows.
They head for the door.
Zell: "Hey, where are you guys going?"
Raine: "Home, it's getting late."
Zell: "C'mon, just one more round?"
Raine: "Not today Zell."
Zell: "Well if you guys ever want a rematch, you're welcome anytime."
If the player wants to, they can return to the dojo and fight against Zell or Khimari.
Back in the street, Raine and Khimari can walk around. The player has control.
The other two ways in this street lead to the same street, and then return to the Shopping District/East Plaza.
Once the player makes it back to the Shopping District, a scene happens.
A man in a cloak runs into Raine, and knocks him down.
??????: "Hey, watch where you're going!"
He tries to run away, but Khimari blocks his path.
Raine steps up, and approaches the man.
Raine: "That wasn't very nice."
Khimari: "Say you're sorry."
??????: "Look, I can't stay to chat...."
Three officers come into the Shopping District.
Officer 1: "You there, Stop!"
The three run towards him.
??????: "Uh oh, looks like I gotta run."
A tail slips out of the cloak and wraps around Khimari's leg.
The man pulls Khimari's leg with his tail, and Khimari falls down as the man escapes.
Raine: "Are you okay?"
Khimari: "Khimari fine."
Khimari stands up, and then runs after the man.
Raine: "That was odd."
Raine turns around and sees the officers.
Officer 2: "Where did he go?"
Raine: "Khimari? He chased after that man with the tail."
Officer 1: "Not you're friend, the thief."
Officer 3: "Where did he go?"
Raine: "He went that way."
Raine points in the direction the man went.
Officer 1: "Thank you citizen."
The officers run in the direction.
Player has control of Raine, and once they get back to the Political Building another scene happens.
Raine steps into the lobby, and begins heading for the elevator.
The three officers from before come walking in with Khimari and the cloaked man.
They all walk up to the front desk.
Receptionist: "Who do we have here?"
Officer 3: "The thief, we're going to lock him up."
Receptionist: "What's his name?"
Khimari sees Raine, and walks towards him.
Raine: "Had fun Khimari?"
Khimari grunts, and walks by Raine.
Raine: "What's his name?"
Khimari: "Zidane."
Khimari walks to the elevator, and Raine stays at the stairs.
Raine: "Zidane..."
Another person walks through the entrance and into the lobby.
They walk right up to the receptionist, who just waived off Zidane and the officers.
Receptionist: "How may I be of service?"
?????: "I have an appointment with Seymour."
Receptionist: "Name please?"
Faris: "Faris, Faris Schweriz."
Receptionist: "Well let me check here....ah yes, Ms. Schweriz, just take the elevator to the 9th floor."
Faris: "Thank you."
Faris walks towards the stairs, and sees Raine staring at her.
Faris: "You're Seymour's boy aren't you?"
Raine: "Aren't you a pirate?"
Faris: "I'll take that as a yes."
Faris walks passed him and heads to the elevator.
Raine waits for the next elevator and takes it up.
When it stops, Raine is at the 9th floor.
He walks down the hall, and waits at the door to Seymour's office.
He can see Faris and Seymour talking.
Faris: "I don't see any Heartless around. Looks like you're doing your job."
Seymour: "It could not have been done without you patrolling the seas."
Faris: "Yeah, that's why I'm here."
Seymour: "What's wrong, Faris?"
Faris pauses.
Faris: "My men and I were attacked last night. A swarm of Heartless came out of nowhere and nearly tore apart my ship."
Seymour pauses.
Seymour: "So you require more money? Is that it?"
Faris: "I'm saying keep your money, I'm done being your watchdog."
Seymour: "Very well, is that it?"
Out in the hallway.
Khimari: "Raine shouldn't spy."
Khimari stands right behind Raine.
Raine turns around.
Raine: "Oh Khimari...how long have you been standing there?"
Khimari: "Come, time to rest."
The player has control. Khimari and Raine must walk to the elevator and take it down to the 8th floor, Seymour's appartment level.
Back in Seymour's office---
Faris is gone, and Seymour is standing looking out the balcony.
Seymour: "The pieces have fallen into place."
An old man in a cloak appears behind Seymour.
Seymour: "What do you want Old Man?"
Old Man: "You know what I want."
Seymour: "Just checking up on things?"
Old Man: "You're a big investment Seymour, and I keep an eye on my investments."
Screen goes black......
Raine is lying in his bed, thinking about the day.
Raine: "What was up with that guy....Zidane?"
"They were calling him a thief...what'd he take?"
A pause....
Raine: "What was that pirate doing here?"
"She mentioned "The Heartless"....what are "The Heartless"?"
A loud noise comes from outside Raine's window.
He looks out his window and sees two guys carrying a case of something, by the docks.
But they dropped it.
Raine: "Who are they?"
Faris walks over to the two men.
Faris: "You idiots, can't you read? The thing says "FRAGILE", so don't drop it."
Raine: "Is that Faris?"
Pirate 1: "Sorry captain, but it's heavy."
Faris: "Quit your complaining and just get the thing off my ship already."
Pirate 2: "Will do captain."
Faris walks away.
Pirate 2: "You see what you do, now she's mad at us."
Pirate 1: "It's heavy!"
Pirate 2: "Quiet down! No one's supposed to know of this!"
Pirate 1: "Say it loud enough? I don't think everyone heard you!"
Raine: "They're up to something....I'm going to find out."
Raine gets out of bed and runs out the door.
Raine is outside the Politcal Building and in the Central Plaza.
He runs away from to the street, towards the Shopping District.
Khimari steps out of the Political Building.
The player has control. Once Raine makes it to the Shopping District, he sees the two Pirates with the crate.
They are dropping off the crate at a shop.
Pirate 2: "Did we forget anything?"
Pirate 1: "I don't know, let me check my list."
Pirate 2: "You have a to-do list?"
Pirate 1: "Yeah...what's wrong with that?"
Pirate 2: "Nothing at all...."
Pirate 1's To-Do List:
-Take shipment off ship *check*
-Bring shipment to Shopping District *check*
Pirate 2: "Wait, is this the right store?"
Pirate 1: "I hope so...."
Pirate 1's To-Do List:
-Leave shipment at the medicine store
Pirate 1: "Is this the medicine store?"
Pirate 2: ".....yep!"
Pirate 1's To-Do List:
-Leave shipment at the medicine store *check*
-Return to ship
-Most importantly, don't let anyone see you!
Pirate 1: "Looks like we just go back now."
Pirate 2: "Well alright-"
Pirate 2 turns around and sees Raine staring at them.
Pirate 2 pauses....
Pirate 2: "Do you see the man standing over there?"
Pirate 1: "What guy?"
Pirate 1 turns around and sees Raine.
Pirate 1 pauses....
Raine: "What are you two up to?"
Raine starts walking towards them.
Pirate 1: "Let's get out of here!"
Pirate 1 runs away.
Pirate 2: "Don't leave me here!"
Pirate 2 follows. Both Pirates ran behind a store, a secret path to the docks.
Raine chases after them.
The player has control.
Player Goal: Catch the pirates.
He finally makes his way to the docks, but is too late.
Faris' ship is leaving as he got there.
Faris sees Raine.
Faris: "So long, I hope you're a good fighter!"
She turns to Pirate 1 and 2.
Faris: "You let him follow you!?"
Pirate 1: "No captain!"
Pirate 2: "He left first, captain!"
Pirate 1: "Is that how it's gonna be? You're gonna sell me out that quick?"
Pirate 2: "Better you then me."
Faris: "SHUT UP!"
The two are scared.
Faris: "The both of you will be on clean-up duty from now on."
She walks away.
Pirate 1: "This is all your fault."
Back at the docks-----
Raine: "They're gone. What did she mean, "I hope you're a good fighter"?"
The player has control. Raine must walk back to the Shopping District.
Once he gets there, he sees the crate has been broken open.
Raine walks over to it to examine it.
Raine: "What could've done this?"
Raine hears a sound from behind.
He turns around, but there's nothing there.
He turns back towards the crate and a Shadow Heartless is standing next to it.
Raine: "What is that?"
The Shadow seeps into the ground, and changes shape to Raine's shadow.
The Heartless stands back up and has become Raine's Shadow.
Raine: "What's going on!?"
More Shadows appear, surrounding Raine.
They jump at him, as his Shadow does nothing.
Screen goes black, and Raine is shown falling into this darkness.
He falls for a short time, and then lands on a crystal pillar.
He looks around and sees nothing.
He looks down and the stained glass floor shows pictures of his friends.
Raine's Dive begins.
Raine is standing on the pillar and looks around.
He sees nothing.
Raine: "Where am I?"
Ominous Voice: "Do not be afraid."
Raine: "Who's there?"
Ominous Voice: "Fear leads to a weakened heart."
"They prey on the weak."
Raine: "Who does?"
Ominous Voice: "Be vigilant, for they are here."
Shadow Heartless appear and surround Raine again.
Raine: "These things, are they the Heartless?"
Raine tries to fight off the Heartless with just his hands and legs.
After a few failed attempts, the Heartless retreat.
Ominous Voice: "This won't do."
Raine: "You're telling me."
Ominous Voice: "Focus, survival means everything."
NeoShadows appear, and surround Raine.
Raine: "Focus...focus..."
He takes a breath.
The NeoShadows creep closer.
One gets right up behind Raine.
He quickly turns around, and in a flash of light, his Keyblade appears and cuts through the Heartless.
The player has control and must take down each Heartless.
After that, a bridge appears that leads to the next pillar.
He runs up it, and when he gets there, the bridge disappears.
He looks back to see it gone.
He walks towards the center, as he turns around.
He looks to the other side, and sees his Shadow from before.
Raine stops and readies his Keyblade.
His Shadow summons a shadow version of the Keyblade.
The player has control and must fight the Heartless.
After the fight, the Shadow is still standing and is ready to strike again.
The Shadow is stabbed through the back by a Warrior Sacrifice.
Raine prepares to fight the Sacrifice when it turns its back on him.
RAINE: Huh?
The Sacrifice disappears.
RAINE: Thanks... I guess.
Once the Raine steps onto the the end of the last platform a massive Heartless appear.s
Player Goal: Defeat the Heartless
Ominous Voice: "You lack experience, you're skill is sloppy at best.
"Light begets darkness, even yours...even..."
A bright light flashes, and Raine's Dive ends.
It is still night time in Demarsi, Raine lies knocked out in the Shopping District.
Khimari appears, and picks up Raine.
A merchant comes walking into the area.
It's the merchant who owns the Medicine Store.
He looks over and sees Khimari with Raine.
Medicine Merchant: "Hey you, what are you doing by my shop?"
Khimari looks at the merchant, and runs away, back to the Political Building.
The merchant runs to his shop.
He looks around and sees the smashed open crate.
Screen fades black.
The nexr morning, Raine awakes in his bed.
He stands up.
Raine: "Oh, my head."
He walks to the door, while holding his head.
Raine: "That was... a dream. Right?"
He looks down the hall and sees Khimari standing in the elevator with three officers.
Raine: "Khimari?"
The elevator closes, and it goes down to the holding cells, Basement Floor 2.
Raine runs to the elevator and waits for the next one to come.
He gets in and heads to the 9th floor, Seymour's office.
He gets there, and runs into Seymour's office, barging in.
Seymour is sitting at his desk, and Kinoc is standing in the room.
Seymour: "Someone looks awake."
Raine: "Where are they taking Khimari!?"
Raine slams his hands down on the desk.
Seymour: "I have no idea what you're talking about."
Kinoc: "I was just about to tell you that."
"He was arrested this morning for suspicious activity, he may have stolen something."
Raine: "He wouldn't do that!"
Seymour: "Calm down, we will sort this out."
"In the meantime, go and see him in the Holding Cells."
Raine storms out of the office, and heads for the elevator.
Kinoc: "Why wouldn't you tell him about Khimari?"
Seymour: "He had to hear it from someone other than me, and he already hates you."
Kinoc: "He hates me...?"
Seymour: "Relax, it's not like he's going to kill you...yet."
Kinoc looks scared.
Player Goal: Get to Khimari.
Note: When Raine tries to enter the holding cells a guard will say he needs a pass to visit prisoners.
Action: Raine must do an old school adventure game search and trade. He must find someone willing to trade him a pass for an object they want that someone else has.
When Raine is down in the Holding Cells, and he looks for Khimari.
He finds him down by the end, next to Zidane.
Raine: "Khimari!"
Khimari: "What is Raine doing here?"
Raine: "Raine is here to find out what happened."
Khimari: "You don't remember last night?"
Raine: "What happened last night?"
Khimari: "Khimari don't know, Khimari find Raine passed out in Shopping District."
Raine: "The Shopping District?"
Zidane: "Hey, can you guys keep it down. Trying to sleep here!"
Khimari: "Khimari see you leave room, so Khimari followed."
Raine: "So it wasn't a dream..."
Raine pauses.
Raine: "What about the crate?"
Khimari: "Mysterious crate was destroyed, they think Khimari did it."
Zidane: "Did you say something about a crate?"
Raine walks over to Zidane.
Raine: "What do you know?"
Zidane: "I remember you, you're that guy I ran into yesterday."
Raine: "You're Zidane, right?"
Zidane: "The one and only."
"Anyways, it came off Faris' ship right?"
"Did she leave already?"
Raine: "It left last night."
Zidane: "Looks like I'm stuck here then, they left without me."
Raine: "You're part of Faris' crew?"
Zidane: "I was supposed to plant evidence that Seymour was corrupt."
Raine: "What evidence?"
Zidane: "He's been having Faris capture Heartless."
Raine: "For what?"
Zidane: "I don't know, that crate had the last shipment."
"The guy who owns the Medicine Store, works for Seymour."
"And that's all I know."
Raine: "So why are you here?"
Zidane: "Oh, uhm...I kinda helped myself to some of Seymour's money."
Raine: "You stole it?"
Zidane: "Yeah..."
Raine walks back to Khimari.
Raine: "Don't worry Khimari, you'll be out in no time."
Raine walks back to the elevator.
Zidane: "What about me!?"
Screen fades to black...
Seymour's office-----
Kinoc: "What are you going to do about Khimari?"
Seymour: "Bring me Tulor, I want to hear his side."
Kinoc: "The Medicine Merchant?"
"I will send someone to get him."
Kinoc walks out of the room.
Seymour: "Back again are you?"
The mysterious man from before walks in from the balcony.
Mysterious Man: "It is nearly time Seymour, are you ready?"
Seymour: "Once I sort out a little problem, everything will be alright."
Mysterious Man: "What problem?"
Seymour: "It is nothing, a common theft. You know how the law is."
Mysterious Man: "It doesn't sound too common."
Seymour: "It's nothing I can't handle on my own."
Mysterious Man: "If you say so..."
The man disappears.
Seymour grins.
Seymour: "Tonight...tonight is the night."
Screen fades black.
Raine is outside the Political Building, in the Central Plaza.
Player has control, and once they get to the Shopping District, a scene happens.
Raine walks towards the Medicine Store.
Zell comes running at him.
Zell: "Raine!"
Raine looks at Zell.
Raine: "What is it?"
Zell looks around Raine.
Zell: "Where's Khimari? Is he down by the coast already?"
Raine: "He's not coming..."
Zell: "Why's that? Is he sick?"
Raine: "Why don't you just wait by the coast, I'll be there soon."
Zell: "Well okay...don't you chicken out on me."
Zell runs towards the coast.
Raine continues to the Medicine Store.
Tulor: "Hello there, how may I be of service?"
"Need any medicine? Maybe an ether?"
Raine: "No thank you, I wanna ask you about last night."
He looks shocked.
Tulor: "What do you mean?"
Raine: "I know what happened, now tell me what you know."
Tulor: "You're the one Kinoc sent? I was told someone was going to come for me soon, but man you're quick."
Raine hesitates.
Raine: "Yes, I'm here to collect your information."
Tulor: "Well alright, all I know is that the shipment that came last night was destroyed when I got here."
"And all I saw was Khimari standing right over it."
Raine: "Anything else? Can you be sure?"
Tulor: "I've already described him to the officers, all I know is that the "goods" were gone, and Khimari was carrying something as he ran away."
Raine: "Thank you for your cooperation."
Raine starts to walk away.
Tulor: "Wait a minute..."
"You're supposed to take me to Seymour."
Raine: "Change of plans..."
Raine walks away.
Shortly after, an officer arrives to the Medicine Store.
Officer 2: "Mr. Tulor?"
Tulor: "Yessir..."
He turns around and sees the officer.
Tulor: "How may I help you?"
Officer 2: "I am to escort you to Lord Seymour."
Tulor: "You...?"
Officer 2: "Yes."
Tulor looks scared.
Officer 2: "Is there a problem?"
Tulor: "No no, let's go."
Tulor stuttered as he talked.
The player has control and must go down to the coast to meet with Zell.
Down by the coast, there's also a little food stand.
Zell is standing at the food stand.
Zell: "What do you mean there's no hot dogs!?"
Zell looks disappointed.
Raine just laughs as he walks over to him.
Zell sulks away and sees Raine.
Zell: "Hey, you're late."
Raine: "At least I made it."
Zell: "Are you ready for some training?"
Zell's stomach growls.
Raine: "Doesn't sound like you are."
Zell: "It's not funny."
His stomach growls again.
Raine: "You want to reschedule?"
Zell: "At least until I get some food."
Zell walks away.
Raine: "What am I going to do with him?"
Raine starts heading back home, when he hears an explosion.
He runs to it, in the direction of the Shopping District.
Once he gets to Shopping District, he sees the Medicine Store is on fire.
There are people gathered in the area, avoiding the flames.
Five guys, firefighters, come running into the area, with a hose.
They attach the hose to a valve on the fountain, located in the center of the area.
The turn on the hose, and shoot water at the store to put out the flame.
Raine walks over and stands by a passerby, random civilian.
Raine: "What happened?"
Civilian 1: "I don't know, one minute everything was fine, and the next..."
Raine: "It burst into flames?"
Civilian 1: "Yep."
The man walks away.
Raine: "Who could've done this, and why?"
The fire is put out, but the store suffered severe damage.
Firefighter 1: "Who's the owner?"
Firefighter 3: "Tulor, it's his Medicine Store."
Firefighter 1: "He wasn't in there was he?"
Firefighter 3: "Oh no, no one was in there."
Firefighter 1: "Then where is here?"
Firefighter 3: "People are saying that an officer escorted him to the Political Building."
Raine overhears the whole conversation.
Raine: "He's there? So the officer showed up after me then."
"I've got to go see him."
Raine runs off towards the Political Building.
The screen fades black...
Player Goal: Go to the Political Building
Note: As they go to the Political Building a cut-scene will occur as they leave the Shopping District
Seymour's Office------
Seymour is standing by the window.
Tulor is in the room and looks scared.
Tulor: "I said I was sorry Seymour."
Seymour says nothing.
Tulor: "Can I go now...?"
Seymour walks back towards his deck.
He stops next to Tulor.
Tulor: "Seymour?"
Seymour reaches out his hand and grabs onto Tulor's throat.
He chokes Tulor and lifts him up off the ground.
Seymour: "You're expertise is no longer needed here."
Tulor: "Sey..mour?"
Seymour, still choking Tulor, walks towards the window to the balcony.
Seymour: "Rejoice...you'll be leaving now."
Tulor is running out of breath.
Seymour: "Isn't that what you wanted?"
Seymour grins. His eyes flash yellow.
He raises Tulor up higher and then throws him out the window.
Seymour returns to his desk and sits back down.
Screen fades black.
The player has control of Raine again.
As they reach the center of the Central Plaza, a scene happens.
Two paramedics carrying a stretcher with Tulor on it rush right by him.
Raine continues to walk to the Political Building.
Zell is in the area and sees Raine.
He runs to him.
Zell: "Raine, where were you? You missed it."
Raine: "Missed what? The paramedics?"
Zell: "Yeah, apparently Tulor, the guy who owns the Medicine Store..."
Raine: "Tulor?"
Zell: "Yeah, his shop just caught on fire so people are thinking..."
Raine: "Excuse me."
Raine pushes past Zell.
Zell: "Raine...?"
Raine gets into the building and makes his way to Seymour.
He enters Seymour's office and there are three officers searching the room.
Kinoc and Seymour are standing by the desk.
Seymour: "Raine, what a surprise."
Raine: "What happened here?"
Seymour: "It seems Tulor jumped out my window."
Kinoc: "It's gonna take awhile to fix that."
Raine: "Is that all you can think about?"
Seymour looks at Kinoc.
Kinoc: "It's time I leave."
Kinoc walks out of the room.
One of the officers comes up to Seymour, while the other two leave.
Officer 3: "We're sorry for the inconvenience Lord Seymour."
Seymour: "It was no trouble."
The officer leaves the room.
Only Seymour and Raine remain in the room.
Seymour walks to the balcony.
Raine: "What was Tulor doing here?"
Seymour: "I believe you already know the answer to that..."
Seymour turns around.
Seymour: "After all, you impersonated the officer."
Raine looks away.
Seymour: "Why did you do that, I wonder?"
Raine: "I was worried about Khimari."
Seymour: "Is that so?"
A long pause.
Seymour: "Sorry to say, but Khimari must stay the night in lockup."
Raine: "Why?"
Seymour: "This is still an ongoing investigation, you know how the law is."
Raine storms out of the room.
Seymour: "Such a shame..."
Raine's room------
Raine is lying in his bed, and hears a noise coming from the hall.
He gets up and leaves the room.
He sees the elevator close.
He waits for the next one and goes down.
When he reaches the lobby, he sees a cloaked man leaving the building.
Raine follows.
In the Central Plaza, it is nighttime.
The player has control of Raine, and once they leave the Central Plaza, the man appears in the area.
The player continues down the way, and once they leave the Shopping District, the man appears in the area again.
Once the player makes their way to the Coast, a scene happens.
Raine looks around and doesn't see anybody, or anything.
The whole place is vacant.
Raine runs to the center of the area, and the ground shakes.
He almost loses his balance.
After the shake, he turns around and sees the man again.
The man walks away, and Raine tries to follow, but as he does, Heartless begin appearing in the area.
Raine: "Heartless! Here?"
Raine tries fighting them, he doesn't have his Keyblade.
He gets knocked back after awhile, and is mad.
Raine: "Why isn't it working?"
The Mysterious Voice from his Dive echoes in his head.
*Mysterious Voice: "Focus...focus...focus..."*
Raine stands back up and takes a breath.
Raine: "Focus."
He closes his eyes, and focuses on his hand.
His Keyblade appears in his hand.
He strikes down a Heartless.
The player has control, and they fight against the Heartless.
Once their done, they run out of the area.
OPTIONAL:
If the player passes by the dojo, they will encounter Zell.
He is standing in front of the dojo, which has been destroyed.
Zell has his hands in fists.
Raine walks up to Zell.
Raine: "Are you alright?"
Zell: "Look what they did!"
He turns to Raine, and points at the dojo.
Raine: "The Heartless did this?"
Zell: "Heartless, is that what they're called?"
"They're gonna pay for this."
Zell runs away.
Raine: "Zell..."
If the player takes the main way from the Coast to the Shopping District, they will see that the street is blocked off by rubble.
So they have to take an alternate route across from the dojo.
The player will fight against Heartless as they make their way around.
There are many optional dead ends, that the player can take.
One of which will lead to a guy being attacked by a Heartless.
Raine cuts right through it, and the man thanks him, and then runs away.
The player takes the alternate route towards the Central Plaza, but sees that the way is destroyed.
The player goes back to the Shopping District, and a scene happens.
Raine runs into the area, and sees a bunch of Heartless converging around the fountain.
The Heartless all combine together and form a large, menacing Heartless.
The player fights against the Heartless.
Once the fight is ended, the Heartless isn't dead yet.
The Heartless knocks into the fountain, and destroys it.
Where the fountain was, is now a giant hole that leads to the sewer.
The Heartless goes down the hole, and Raine follows.
Sewer System-----
There are many ways to go in here.
There are dead ends in this place, and some have chests located in them.
In the end, the player must make their way to the Purification Chamber.
All the sewage in Demarsi converges on this place, and it is purified into clean water, which is then dumped back into the ocean.
There is a platform in the middle of the place.
But outside the Purification Chamber, is a Moogle.
The Moogle will ask Raine his name, and then tell Raine that he has been down here for awhile.
He will then tell Raine that he saw the Heartless pass by and head to the Purification Chamber.
This Moogle will sell Raine items, and offer a save point.
Raine runs into the Purification Chamber and sees the Heartless on the center Platform, it is drinking the sewage that comes into the place.
The Heartless is a lot bigger than before.
It sees Raine, and charges at him, as Raine charges at it.
After the fight, the Heartless falls off the platform.
The Moogle will appear in the Purification Chamber after the fight.
If the player talks to it, the Moogle will thank Raine for getting rid of the Heartless.
The Moogle will also give Raine an item.
There's a way Raine can go, that will lead him to the Political Building.
In the Political Building, Raine emerges from a sewer drain in a Holding Cell.
He looks around, but doesn't see anyway out.
His Keyblade is summoned, and unlocks the Cell door.
Zidane comes rushing to his cell's door.
Zidane: "Is someone there?"
Raine comes rushing over.
Zidane: "Raine, how did you get here?"
Raine: "Never mind that, stand back."
Raine raises his Keyblade and unlocks the door.
He goes over to Khimari's cell and does the same.
Khimari and Zidane get out of there cells.
Khimari: "Raine free Khimari and Zidane."
"What Raine doing here?"
Raine: "The city is under attack, I'm just trying to find someone."
Zidane: "Who? Maybe we can help."
Raine: "A man in a cloak."
A pause.
Zidane: "That's not much to go off from."
Raine: "I know, let's just get out of here."
The three of them go to the elevator and head up to the Lobby.
At the lobby, Khimari and Zidane get off.
Zidane: "You're not coming?"
Raine: "I need to check on something first."
Raine and Khimari look at each other.
Khimari nods, and then runs away to fight Heartless.
There are Heartless in the Lobby.
Zidane: "Hey, wait for me!"
Zidane follows Khimari.
Raine takes the elevator up to Seymour's Office.
Once he gets to the floor, the door opens and Kinoc falls in.
Raine catches him.
Raine: "Kinoc!"
Kinoc: "Raine...something wrong...with Sey..."
Raine: "Don't strain yourself, can you stand."
Kinoc: "Yea...yeah."
Raine: "Khimari is downstairs, go find him."
Kinoc: "Okay."
Kinoc stands up in the elevator, Raine walks out and the elevator heads down.
Raine heads down the hall towards Seymour's office.
The player has control and must walk into Seymour's office.
The windows are all smashed, and the room is torn apart.
Seymour is standing out on the balcony.
Raine walks to him.
Seymour has a Shadow Heartless in his grasp.
Seymour: "Such a small world, compared to all the others."
"So much must be done, but with so little time."
Seymour crushes the Shadow.
Raine: "What did you have planned Seymour?"
Seymour: "No hug for your father?"
Seymour turns to Raine.
Raine: "You're not my father."
Seymour: "No, but I've been one for you. I even accepted that pathetic animal into my home."
Raine: "Don't talk about Khimari that way!"
Seymour: "It does not matter."
He turns back around.
Seymour: "Soon this insignificant speck on the world will be gone."
"And all will go with it."
Raine: "What do you mean?"
Seymour walks closer to the edge of the balcony.
Seymour: "Perhaps a demonstration."
Seymour raises his hands, and a dark aura radiates from his body.
From the Central Plaza below, three giant Heartless, the same as the one Raine fought in the sewer emerge from the ground, making huge holes.
The Political Building is shaking the whole time.
Raine charges at Seymour, but is stopped by three NeoShadows, which grab hold of him and keep him from moving.
Down below in the Central Plaza, Zell, Khimari, Zidane, and Kinoc are in front of the Political Building.
Khimari is holding Kinoc. He sets down Kinoc and Zell, Zidane, and Khimari charge at each Heartless.
Back in Seymour's office, Seymour walks towards Raine.
Seymour still has his dark aura radiating off his body, and his eyes have changed to a solid yellow.
Seymour: "You see how helpless you are, you cannot save them, even if you tried."
Raine: "Shut up!"
In a flash of light, the Heartless holding Raine disappear, and Raine has his Keyblade.
Seymour: "So you persist."
Raine tackles Seymour and they both fall off the balcony and land in the Central Plaza.
They crash into the fountain.
After the dust clears, Raine stands up. He is by the entrance to the Political Building.
He looks around, and sees Khimari, Zell, and Zidane knocked out.
Seymour arises from the fountain.
He raises his hands.
Seymour: "I shall free you from your misery!"
Darkness encircle Seymour and rises in a tower of darkness.
The three large Heartless Seymour summoned from before get sucked into the dark vortex, and Seymour absorbs them.
Raine braces himself. Khimari, Zidane, and Zell are blown away.
When the darkness clears, Seymour is gone and a giant Sea Serpent Heartless is in his place.
The Serpent flips Raine against a wall with it's tail.
It slithers away, and Raine catches up enough with it that he grabs onto the tail.
The next part is the Serpent slithering down the streets towards the Coast.
Raine is holding on to the tail with all his might.
Once they get to the Coast, Raine jumps off and the Serpent goes into the ocean.
When it arises, it is even bigger.
Player Goal: Defeat Seymour
The fight consists of the Serpent snapping it's jaw at Raine, and also shooting water from it's mouth.
The Serpent would also strike with it's tail, sweeping the whole area.
When it attacks with it's tail, it gets stuck in the ground/wall, and this is when Raine can deal some good damage.
When the fight is finished, the Serpent roars in agonizing pain, and lands near Raine.
The Serpent's exterior disappears and Seymour remains, lying on the ground.
Raine turns Seymour over, and Seymour is still alive.
Seymour: "You...will never understand."
Seymour lies, lifeless.
Kinoc and a lot of officers come running into the area.
Kinoc: "Seymour!"
Raine looks over and sees everybody.
Officers come running closer, and ready their weapons.
Commanding Officer: "Open Fire!"
Raine dodges them and tries to run away, but his path is blocked by officers.
So he is left with no choice but to incapacitate them.
Afterwards, he runs away.
In the street, the player has control, and they must run away from or fight oncoming officers.
Once the player gets back to the Shopping District, a scene happens.
Officers come running into the area from all sides.
Raine runs to the center, and sees the hole to the sewer.
So he jumps in.
Player has control in the sewer, and the officers are no longer pursuing.
Once the player gets to the Purification Chamber, a scene happens.
Raine is sitting on the edge of the platform, and the Moogle is sitting next to him.
Raine: "What am I supposed to do..."
The Moogle looks confused.
Raine: "I can't stay here, they think I'm a criminal."
The Moogle looks behind him and sees a bright light.
The Moogle tugs on Raine's shoulder.
Raine: "What is it?"
Raine stands up and turns around.
When the light fades away, a door is standing in the center of the platform.
Raine: "This wasn't here before...what's a door doing here?"
The Mysterious Voice from his Dive starts talking.
Mysterious Voice: "Your escape, is here."
"Pass through and your troubles will be mended."
Raine pauses, inspecting the door.
Raine: "Will I be able to come back?"
Mysterious Voice: "Why would you?"
Raine: "This is my home..."
Raine looks sad.
Mysterious Voice: "Very well."
The door opens up and light shines through it.
Raine covers his eyes as he steps through.
The screen shines with a bright white light.
Brand is sitting next to a training dummy and tossing a rock up and down in the air. Biggs, Jesse, and Wedge are also lazing around the training grounds.
WEDGE: We could get something to eat.
Silence. Brand throws the rock in the air and then catches it.
BIGGS: I’m not hungry. Why don’t we head over to the main office and see if anything’s been happening lately. Might be something worth talking about going on.
Silence. Brand throws the rock in the air.
JESSE: Why don’t we just train? I mean our exams are tomorrow.
Brand catches the rock.
BRAND: Because training’s a waste of time. I’m already going to pass anyway.
JESSE: And what about the rest of us?
Brand stands up and turns around. Jesse gets up and waves her hand in front of Brand’s face.
JESSE: Hello?
Brand tosses the rock into the air again then catches it.
BRAND: Steiner.
WEDGE: Steiner?
BRAND: Look.
Brand points at Steiner sleeping beneath a tree.
BRAND: You know Steiner’s been getting paranoid lately.
Brand throws his rock at Steiner’s helmet. Steiner stirs and begins to ramble.
BRAND: Find a spot and throw a rock!
Brand and the others all go to their respective hiding places. Steiner gets up and starts mumbling.
STEINER: Who’s there?
Brand throws a rock at Steiner. Steiner rubs his head then starts walking towards Brand’s hiding spot, when Biggs throws a rock at Steiner.
Player Goal: Mess with Steiner
Note: When Steiner is hit by a rock he will investigate where it came from. If the player throws two rocks in a row, without letting Jesse, Biggs, or Wedge throw one to provide a distraction, Steiner will figure out were they are and catch them.
Steiner starts covering his head and cowers on the ground.
STEINER: Leave me alone! I don’t deserve this!
Brand begins to laugh to himself. Steiner hears Brand laughing.
STEINER: Wait! Is that -- YOU BRAT!
Brand realizes Steiner has spotted him and jumps out of the tree he was hiding in. Biggs, Wedge, and Jesse all run in separate directions. Steiner looks around and is unsure about who to chase. Steiner starts running after Brand.
STEINER: Don’t even bother running!
Brand runs across the training field as Steiner begins to huff and pant.
STEINER: I’m… going…to -- oh!
Steiner stops running.
STEINER: My side’s splitting.
Steiner groans. Brand looks back to laugh at Steiner. While Brand is looking away he runs right into Angeal. Brand falls down.
ANGEAL: Brand. Let me guess: you’ve done something wrong. Again.
Brand rubs his head.
BRAND: Hey Angeal.
Steiner, still panting, walks up to Angeal. Steiner stops to catch his breath.
STEINER: You need to do something about this brat. Do you know what he was doing? He was pelting me with rocks. ROCKS! Can you believe that?
Angeal looks down at Brand. Brand smiles nervously.
ANGEAL: I’ll deal with it. By the way Steiner have you spoken to Lazard yet? He’s been looking for you for about an hour now.
STEINER: Lazard?
ANGEAL: Yes. You didn’t forget and maybe… decide to take a nap out here -- did you?
STEINER: Of course not. It’s these kids. They’re… getting between me and work. I better go so… alright then.
Steiner walks away. Brand begins to laugh when Angeal cuts him off.
ANGEAL: The podiums. Now.
Angeal turns away and walks. Brand groans.
BRAND: I hate the podiums.
Player Goal: Go to the podiums.
Note: Once Brand reaches the podiums the objective will immediately change and direct Brand to get on the podiums.
The player needs to keep Brand balance by alternating between the left and right arrow keys.
Brand wobbles slightly before maintaining perfect balance. The camera switches to the sun in the sky and then the scene changes to the sun setting.
BRAND: My butt hurts.
Angeal sighs then puts his hand to his brow, and shakes his head.
BRAND: Heh. Butthurt. That’s what Steiner is.
Silence. Brand looks out to the sunset and exhales.
BRAND: Why am I still here?
Angeal picks his head and looks at Brand.
BRAND: I should be out there. On the outside. There’s a whole world out there and I’m stuck here in basic training.
ANGEAL: Everyone needs to learn the basics first Brand.
BRAND: Well I’m not everyone. I’m Brand. I need to be better than everyone else, because… that’s the only way to get out of here.
ANGEAL: Get out of here? And then what? What do you think is out there Brand? There’s a reason we’re always training. You think that once training is over everything will be easy and you’ll be some sort of hero, but that isn’t true. The real world isn’t a nice place Brand.
BRAND: How would you know? You’re stuck here like the rest of us. Except you’re stuck giving the tests. You’ll never leave. You just don’t get it.
ANGEAL: I get it. I just think you should try to let someone with life experience give you a little advice, and maybe even try following it.
BRAND: Whatever.
ANGEAL: You’re favorite word. Alright. Time’s up. Get to bed. You don’t want to be exhausted on exam day.
Angeal turns to leave. Brand jumps off the podium.
Player Goal: Head to bed
When Brand reaches his room door the screen fades out. The screen fades back in with Brand walking down the hall and yawning. Brand spots Jesse, Wedge, and Biggs standing in the hall outside the exam room.
BRAND: Oh look. There you guys are. AFTER I needed you. Where’d you go? I was stuck on the podium for hours.
WEDGE: Sorry Brand.
BRAND: ‘Sorry Brand’. That’s it? Because of you guys I didn’t even have time to train. I was too busy keeping up the world’s longest balancing act.
BIGGS: Because of us? It’s your own fault. We only ran because that’s the exactly what’d you always do when someone catches us.
BRAND: I’ve never ran out on you guys!
JESSE: You do it all the time. The only thing that’s difference is that this time you ended up on the podium.
WEDGE: Can we just forget about this? I have to go to my exam room. I’m in room 2B.
BIGGS: 7C
JESSE/BRAND: 4K.
Jesse and Brand both look at each other.
BRAND: I have to fight you?
JESSE: I… guess. Well… let’s --
LAZARD: Get moving.
Lazard walks up to Brand and Jesse. Wedge and Biggs wave goodbye then go to their rooms.
LAZARD: Get moving. Jesse and Brand. You’re exam begins in five minutes ago.
Brand and Jesse stay still for a while as their nervousness becomes apparent.
LAZARD: NOW!
Brand and Jesse rush into their exam room. Lazard walks into the room. Brand and Jesse both grab training swords.
LAZARD: You should know the exam rules by now. Begin on my count. Three.
Brand readies himself.
LAZARD: Two.
Jesse extends her blade.
LAZARD: One!
Brand and Jesse rush towards each other.
Player Goal: Fight Jesse
Brand and Jesse lock blades. They jump back.
LAZARD: Stop! First match complete. Jesse. Proceed to room 2E. Brand stay where you are. You’re next opponent will arrive soon.
Jesse walks out of the room.
LAZARD: You were both impressive, but your fighting style was noticeably wild. The idea behind these matches is not to turn them into an actual fight.
BRAND: I wasn’t trying to hurt Jesse!
LAZARD: That would be difficult to tell. The way you were fighting made it look like you had just been surrounded. Try to slow down boy. All that nonsense just leaves your defenses open.
BRAND: What good’s defense when you’ve got an offense as good as mine?
LAZARD: Well for one thing, it keeps you alive.
Brand and Lazard both turn their heads to the door when they see Zack walking towards them. Zack stops and turns. Zack says a few words to an unseen man and then nods his head.
ZACK: Lazard. There’s a visitor waiting for you after the exam. He says he’s here on important business.
LAZARD: Thank you Zack. Are you ready?
ZACK: Yes.
Zack enters the ring and bows. Brand takes his fighting stance without bowing. Zack readies himself.
LAZARD: No counting this time. Begin!
Player Goal: Fight Zack
Brand jumps back to avoid Zack’s sword. Zack gets ready to strike again. Brand gets ready to counter. Suddenly Brand starts moving slower.
BRAND: Huh? What’s --
Zack does not notice Brand’s condition, and nearly knocks his sword out of his hand. Brand regains control of his body as Zack strikes again. Brand drops to the ground. He crawls backwards and tries to get as far away from Zack as possible. Zack stops swinging once Brand is on the ground, but Brand is clearly panicking.
LAZARD: BRAND!
BRAND: Huh?
LAZARD: You left the ring. If you studied, you know what that means. Disqualification. Leave the exam room. You do not get to find out where your next match is being held. When you fail to arrive after the allotted time it will be marked down as a loss. This will continue for the rest of your matches. You fail your exam.
BRAND: But --
LAZARD: No excuses. Leave.
BRAND: I -- I…
Zack lowers his sword. Zack looks genuinely sad for Brand.
ZACK: Brand I --
BRAND: FINE! What do I care if pass my exam or not?
Brand throws his sword onto the ground and storms out of the room. Brand stops to sigh after leaving the room.
Player Goal: Find somewhere to think
Brand sits on top of the podium as Angeal comes up to him.
BRAND: It’s out there. But I might never see it. I can’t believe a fluke is what’s standing between me and the outside world.
ANGEAL: Accept your defeat and learn from it. It’s the only way we can better ourselves Brand.
BRAND: What would I learn? That Zack getting lucky is going to keep me stuck in this place forever --
Brand jumps down from the podium and walks up to Angeal.
BRAND: Like you? Is that what I’m supposed to ‘take away from this’?
ANGEAL: You keep blaming Zack, but let me ask you something. If that had been a real fight… what would have happened if the other guy ‘got lucky’?
Brand becomes silent. He closes his eyes and clenches his shaking fists.
ANGEAL: Brand --
Brand runs away from Angeal. Angeal sighs. Brand runs into the hall where his room is. Brand sighs.
BRAND: I’m getting out of here. One way or another I’m leaving this place.
Brand raises his head and looks out to the direction the training field is in.
BRAND: And I know who’s going to help me.
Player Goal: Find Wedge, Biggs, and Jesse
Biggs, Wedge, and Jesse are all in the training field speaking to one another When Brand walks up to them they all raise their heads and become silent.
WEDGE: Hey… Brand.
Silence.
BIGGS: You okay. I --
BRAND: I’ve got a plan!
BIGGS/WEDGE/JESSE: Huh?/What?/A plan?
BRAND: We’re leaving. Tonight.
JESSE: Don’t you think that’s a little --
BRAND: I’ve already got it all figured out. Normally the wall always has guards on patrol. But when I was sitting on the podium I could see a part of the wall that didn’t have anyone walking through it for hours. It’s on the opposite side of the main entrance, and it overlooks a few burnt trees.
WEDGE: Brand --
BRAND: Normally there’s no way there, but I figured out a way. The second floor is off limits for trainees. That’s got to be where the stairs the guards use are. Pretty soon the guards will change shifts so we’ll have the perfect chance to go to the second floor, sneak onto the wall, and climb down on those trees. And then after that --
BIGGS: Brand --
BRAND: We’ll finally be done with this place and --
JESSE: We don’t want to go!
Silence
BRAND: Wha -- you don’t want to go? Why wouldn’t --
JESSE: I passed Brand. It’s official. Lazard told me. I’m done with training.
BRAND: You -- you passed!
JESSE: You can try again in a few months, and then --
BRAND: What about you guys? Do you want to stay too?
Biggs and Wedge look at their feet with faces that say ‘yes’.
BRAND: So you're just going to turn your backs on me?
JESSE: Brand, you can't really except us to just give everything up just because you --
BRAND: 'Just because'? Look it's great that you passed, but...
JESSE: But what --
BRAND: I don't know! I just -- I need you guys!
Brand lowers his head.
WEDGE: Sorry Brand.
BRAND: Fine! I’ll leave on my own!
Brand storms off from the last people he had left.
Player Goal: Get to the second floor
Brand walks up to an air duct.
BRAND: Alright. All I’ve got to do is crawl through here and I’ll be in the second floor.
Brand jumps up to the air duct and pulls it off. Brand jumps up again and crawls through the vents. Brand crawls out onto the other side. Brand hears voices and hides behind a corner. Angeal and Lazard walk by.
ANGEAL: Are you sure?
LAZARD: Yes. He specifically told me that Brand was planning on going AWOL. You do realize what this means?
ANGEAL: He’s a traitor. I know.
LAZARD: Hopefully the guards can catch him before he does something stupid.
Angeal and Lazard walk away.
BRAND: How do they know?
Brand looks over his shoulder and sees guards patrolling the hallway. Brand spots a door on the other side. Brand takes a deep breath and then leaves his hiding spot.
Player Goal: Avoid detection and get to the door.
Brand closes the door behind him. He sighs and looks around.
BRAND: This place is ancient. Half of it looks like its going to fall apart.
Brand almost lets go of the door when someone begins banging on it. Brand panics and puts his body weight against the door as Lazard tries to open it.
LAZARD: Brand!
Brand forces the door shut. Lazard continues to bang on the door. Brand grabs a crate with his free hand and puts it in front of the door before he runs away. Steiner break the door to pieces and charges after Brand, but trips over the crate. Brand looks over his shoulder and sees that Steiner falling slowed them down. Brand keeps running until he reaches a dead end.
BRAND: Where are the stairs? There are supposed to be stairs here!
Angeal, Lazard, Steiner, and all of the guards catch up to Brand.
ANGEAL: They're right there --
Angeal points at the ground. Brand looks to see pieces of wood all over the floor.
ANGEAL: Those stairs collapsed years ago. This is the wrong corridor Brand. You’ve hit a dead end. Now just come with us so we can make this easy.
Brand begins panicking.
BRAND: No! No! No - no! No!
Brand presses his back against the wall.
ANGEAL: BRAND! Get off of that wall! It could --
Brand begins falling backwards as he notices the wall crumbling around him. Everything goes black.
Brand wakes up in his Deep Dive.
BRAND: Hello?
Brand begins to walk forward as he looks around.
VOICE: Who are you?
BRAND: Hello?
VOICE: Who are you?
BRAND: Brand. Who are you?
Silence.
VOICE: Who are you?
BRAND: Brand! Who are you?
Silence.
VOICE: Who are you?
BRAND: I already told you! My name is Brand!
Silence.
VOICE: I don’t think you know who you are.
The next platform appears for Brand.
Player Goal: Explore
A group of Heartless appear around Brand. Brand begins to back away.
VOICE: Are you afraid?
BRAND: What?
Brand looks at the Heartless. Brand shakes his head.
BRAND: No. I’m not.
VOICE: Are you sure?
BRAND: Yes!
VOICE: Not a hint of doubt? Eating away at you?
BRAND: No. These things don’t scare me!
Silence.
VOICE: Interesting.
One of the Heartless begins to come closer to Brand and then lunges at him. Before the Heartless can harm him, Brand summons his keyblade.
BRAND: What --
VOICE: Keyblade.
Brand looks at the keyblade.
BRAND: A... keyblade?
The Heartless prepare for another attack. Brand readies himself.
Player Goal: Defeat the Heartless
Brand continues through his Deep Dive.
VOICE: You are so sure of yourself. Don’t you ever have doubts? Or even wonder who you are?
BRAND: I know who I am. I’m Brand!
VOICE: Don’t you want to know more? Are you truly happy with being a mystery to yourself?
BRAND: I already know who I am. I don’t need someone to tell me.
VOICE: You are so sure of yourself.
Brand readies his keyblade for his next enemy. Instead of a Heartless a minor Sacrifice appears.
VOICE: Where are you going?
Player Goal: Defeat the Sacrifices
Brand continues through his Deep Dive and reaches the last platform.
BRAND: So… is this it?
VOICE: Is it?
BRAND: I don’t know. That’s why I’m asking you.
VOICE: I thought you were so sure of yourself. Where are you going? Have you already reached the end? Or is there more to discover? Don’t you ever have doubts?
Silence.
VOICE: Who are you?
Brand throws his keyblade on to the ground.
BRAND: Just stop it already! I’m Brand! I’m not afraid! I don’t have any doubts. And… I don’t care if there’s anything more. I’m stopping here. I’ve had enough.
VOICE: So you have already reached your destination?
BRAND: This is as far as I’m going to go!
Silence. A massive light begins to shine behind Brand.
VOICE: The darkness is not your enemy.
Heartless appear behind Brand. Brand readies his keyblade, but they do not attack him. The Heartless disappear as Sacrifices appear behind Brand.
Player Goal: Defeat the Sacrifices
When the Sacrifices are defeated the voice speaks again.
VOICE: You have the answers. Never stray from the path you know is true.
BRAND: What’s that supposed to --
The platform begins to tilt over. A massive Sacrifice appears behind Brand.
Player Goal: Defeat the Sacrifice.
When the Sacrifice is defeated it becomes a massive ray of light. Brand shields his eyes from the light. Behind him the Heartless begin to form an abyss of darkness. Brand begins to get closer to the darkness. As Brand walks backwards he falls into the darkness.
Brand wakes up outside of the wall of the training camp. As Brand begins to rise up he notices Zack running towards him.
ZACK: Brand!
Brand summons his keyblade on reflex.
BRAND: Huh? How did I --
ZACK: Brand!
Brand takes an offensive stance.
BRAND: Don’t come any closer! I’m not going back with you!
ZACK: What? No! Brand, listen! I’m here to help you.
Brand drops his guard.
BRAND: What?
ZACK: I can’t just sit here and watch them take you away. So I ran ahead to get to you first. I want to help you escape. I’ll make a distraction so that you can find someplace safe. I’ll tell them you went this way, and lead them far away. You just get out of here.
Brand shakes his head.
BRAND: You’re trying to trick me! If my own friends wouldn't help me why would you? And even if you are telling the truth... I don't need your help! I got this far on my own, and I'll get out of this place on my own.
ZACK: You can’t really believe --
Zack and Brand both turn when they see a massive Heartless heading their way.
ZACK: What is that thing?
The Heartless looks at Brand and moves closer to him. Zack notices and tries to get in the way. The Heartless knocks Zack into the training camp wall. Brand summons his keyblade as the Heartless turns its sights on him.
Player Goal: Defeat the Heartless.
The Heartless begins to fade back to darkness as Angeal and the others show up.
ANGEAL: End of the line -- Zack!
Angeal runs over to Zack. Angeal kneels down to help Zack sit upright. Steiner draws his blade and points it at Brand.
STEINER: So now you’re a runaway AND a traitor!
BRAND: Aren’t those the same thing -- I mean -- it isn’t what it looks like. I didn’t hurt --
LAZARD: Enough Brand! You forced us to hunt you down and now you’ve made things worse. Jesse!
Jesse walks up to Lazard.
BRAND: Jesse?
LAZARD: Your first assignment. Apprehend the runaway and escort him to his cell.
JESSE: Yes sir.
BRAND: Jesse!
JESSE: I'm sorry.
As Jesse walks towards Brand a swarm of Heartless appears around all of them.
LAZARD: What are they?
Brand begins to back away as everyone draws their weapons and turns their attention to the Heartless. Brand hesitates to run. Brand looks at Zack and notices he is motioning for Brand to run away. Brand looks at Angeal. Angeal nods in agreement. Even Lazard scoffs and looks away from Brand.
LAZARD: Focus all your attention on the beasts, men!
Brand sighs then turns to run while the Heartless have everyone distracted. Jesse turns to see Brand running away.
JESSE: Brand!
Steiner looks over as well.
STEINER: He’s getting away!
Steiner runs after Brand. Lazard jumps back from a Heartless attack and looks at Steiner.
LAZARD: The beasts! Come back here and deal with them Steiner! STEINER!
Player Goal: Escape
Brand stops running. Brand sits down on the ground. He summons his keyblade and stares at it. Brand sighs and looks back at the training camp. Brand gets up and takes one step towards the camp, but then stops. Brand shakes his head then turns around.
BRAND: Who am I? Where am I going? Do I have doubts? Am I afraid?
Brand sighs then looks down.
BRAND: My name is Brand. I’m going as far away from here as possible. I don’t regret anything, and…
Brand raises his head.
BRAND: There’s nothing that scares me!
A moment of silence passes before a Corridor of Light appears before Brand. Brand shields his eyes from the light before slowly walking towards it. Brand dips his finger into the Corridor and examines it.
BRAND: What’s --
Steiner appears behind Brand and jumps at him. Brand turns around out of shock.
STEINER: Got ya!
Steiner pushes Brand through the Corridor and they both leave Basuelo.
Location: Legacy City -- Ciel's Door
Ciel flies out of her door. Ciel rubs her head as she rises up.
CIEL: Aggh!
Ciel opens her eyes and looks around. She looks up to see her door on the edge of a building.
CIEL: Where... everything's... those monsters are gone. Where am I?
Ciel looks around. Ciel grabs the necklace Kain gave her.
CIEL: Kain...
Ciel begins to wander down the streets of Legacy City.
CIEL: What IS this place?
Ciel looks around to vaguely see Jose Carioca performing his memory game. Ciel ignores Jose's game and instead looks at Max and PJ skateboarding down the street. Ciel walks up to them and hides behind a building while poking her head out.
PJ: Max I think we should head back. Oswald said we can't skateboard around here. Plus we're on the job man!
Max gets off his skateboard.
MAX: PJ, PJ, PJ. Let me ask you something. We're young right?
PJ: Yeah.
MAX: And being young is about having fun right?
PJ: Yeah.
Max begins walking backwards towards where Ciel is.
MAX: And you'd let someone like the man keep you from having a good time right?
PJ: Yeah.
MAX: So relax. There's a time to be serious and a time to just hang --
Max turns around and is face to face with Ciel.
CIEL: (Nervously) Hey.
MAX: Hey. What are... you doing there?
CIEL: Just... you know... I don't really know.
MAX: So are you just gonna stay there or...
CIEL: I... I'm kind of lost right now and...
Ciel spots Max's skateboard. Ciel begins to smile softly as she sees the skateboard. Max notices.
MAX: You know PJ was just saying that's he getting a little tired.
PJ: I was?
MAX: How 'bout it? Wanna hang out with us? I'm Max.
Max extends his hand for Ciel to shake.
CIEL: That's cool but I'm kind of busy... you know... and I... Do you really want to hang out with me? I don't think now's really a good time for to be hanging out with people and --
MAX: Come on! I can tell when someone needs to take load off.
Ciel continues to smile softly. Ciel nods her head in an "okay I can do this" fashion.
Player Goal: Ride with Max
Ciel does a kickflip tries to do a kickflip over a green bird but loses her balance and falls. Max stops in front of her and bends down to see if she is okay. PJ huffs and puffs as he runs up to them. The green bird turns around. (Saludos Amigos -- 1940's Disney Film)
JOSE CARIOCA: And what is this? Three children playing games in the plaza?
Ciel sits up with her legs crossed.
CIEL: Sorry. Mister... bird... it was an accident.
Ciel nervously smiles while Jose raises an eyebrow.
JOSE CARIOCA: Well you should be more careful. And as for you two.
Max and PJ become very stiff.
PJ: Aw man! It's the man.
JOSE CARIOCA: The two of you need to get back to work. I'm not surprised that you'd be on you skatingboard instead of on patrol for the key bearers.
CIEL: Key bearers?
JOSE CARIOCA: Yes. We've been waiting for them for quite some time now. Oswald is most anxious for their arrival. He is very nervous to say the least. I think he is afraid they will not come.
Ciel stands back up again.
CIEL: Key bearers?
Ciel begins to walk away.
MAX: Hey we're you going? I thought we were going to hang out?
CIEL: Well you've got work to do! Plus I want to go check out this Oswald guy!
Ciel is almost out of sight when Jose turns to speak to Max and PJ.
JOSE CARIOCA: Now the two of you get back to your posts. The keybearer could be right under your noses.
Max and PJ sigh. PJ looks up at Ciel.
CIEL: Keybearers...
Ciel summons her keyblade.
PJ and Max both leap up when they see her summon her keyblade. Ciel shrugs her head and continues running forward. PJ and Max both run ahead at the same time. PJ trips and makes Max fall over. When they get back up Ciel is out of sight.
MAX/PJ: That was the key bearer!
JOSE CARIOCA: What? That was the key bearer?
Max and PJ begin running forward. Jose flies after them.
PJ: Where'd she go?
MAX: I don't know!
JOSE CARIOCA: Hold on you two! I still need to bring you boys back to Oswald!
MAX: Sorry wrong number!
PJ: You're breaking up!
Jose sighs.
JOSE CARIOCA: Oh well. Maybe they'll catch her. Keybearer... huh.
Jose shakes his head as Max and PJ run in a different direction than Ciel.
Player Goal: Explore
Ciel holds the necklace Kain gave her.
CIEL: Keybearer... Is that what I am? If I'm supposed to be special...
Ciel stops in front of Gremlin Gus (Forgotten Disney Character).
CIEL: Why don't I feel special?
Ciel sits right on top of Gremlin Gus' machine. It falls apart.
GREMLIN GUS: NO!
Ciel jumps up.
CIEL: AHHH!
Ciel looks down to see Gus is standing over the broken machine. Gus leans in and looks with a depressed gaze over the shattered machine.
GREMLIN GUS: The coolant! It's shattered!
Gus picks up the fragmented coolant.
CIEL: Coolant?
Gus begins mopping and sits next to his ruined machine. Ciel lowers her head.
CIEL: I screwed things up again didn't I?
GREMLIN GUS: I was working on that Gummi Ship engine for days now. And now the coolant is broken.
CIEL: Days?
GREMLIN GUS: I need a coolant and the only one around is in the old junkyard. There's no way I can finish the engine now.
Ciel lowers her head.
CIEL: So I ruined it?
Ciel shakes her head.
CIEL: Well don't worry about it! I'll find you a new coolant! Be right back! Just don't move!
Ciel runs away from Gus.
GREMLIN GUS: But the junkyard... is full of angry dogs.
The camera shifts to Ciel slowing down.
CIEL: Hold on. Where's the junkyard?
Ciel looks around and spots a small mountain of metallic trash. Ciel smiles and continues running.
Player Goal: Find a coolant.
Max and PJ are also in the junkyard. PJ wears a piece of scrap as a hat and turns his head around as if he were blind.
PJ: Max I don't see her anywhere.
Max takes the scrap off of PJ's head.
MAX: That's because you've got this covering your eyes.
PJ: Oh!
Max puts the scrap down.
MAX: Now come on. I can just feel like she's right --
Max turns around. Ciel is right behind him.
CIEL: Hey.
Max yells and falls backwards into a pile of scrap. Ciel walks past a shocked Max and PJ.
PJ: Hey Max I found her!
Max gets back up and brushes the scrap off of him.
MAX: Hey hold on!
Max runs up to Ciel. Ciel turns around.
CIEL: Aren't you guys supposed to like working or something?
Max stops running.
MAX: Man I can't believe we found you. Alright. Here's what's going to happen. Me and my friend PJ --
PJ waves.
PJ: Hi. I'm PJ. That's Max.
MAX: Are going to bring you to Oswald. See by now Jose's ratted us out. But that doesn't matter. Because as soon as we walk in with you there it'll be like we're heroes.
PJ: And we won't end on Heartless watch.
MAX: Please don't even mention that PJ.
Max turns to Ciel.
MAX: So? Wanna help us out?
CIEL: Alright. I'll help you guys out.
Max and PJ look at each other.
PJ: That was easy.
Ciel walks past them.
CIEL: I've just got to find this cooler thing in the junkyard.
Ciel holds her necklace and whispers.
CIEL: I owe this guy.
PJ and Max look at each other.
PJ: In the Junkyard.
CIEL: Yeah. I kinda broke this machine and now I'm looking for a coolant.
MAX: But --
Three dogs begin growling.
PJ (High-Pitched Voice): There are mad dogs in the junkyard.
Ace, Beta, and Gamma (Up) approach Ciel.
Ciel takes a defensive stance. Her keyblade comes to her.
CIEL: Someone could have told me there were dogs here!
Alpha, Beta, and Gamma attack Ciel.
Player Goal: Defeat the junkyard dogs.
CIEL: Bad dogs!
Beta and Gamma run away. Alpha stays and growls.
BETA: Come on!
Alpha looks at Ciel then back at Beta and Gamma.
ALPHA (High-Pitched Voice): This isn't over.
Alpha runs away with the other two dogs.
CIEL: Weird... now where's that coolant?
Ciel looks around. Ciel spots a coolant. Ciel bends down to pick it up.
CIEL: I bet this is what I'm looking for? It says coolant right on it.
Max and PJ both lean in and stare at Ciel.
MAX: You really are a key bearer!
PJ: Guess we're lucky we ran into you -- twice.
CIEL: Key bearer huh? Well I'm not really sure I understand this key bearer stuff, other then I've got to go see some guy named Oswald, but it's nice to have someone thanking me for once.
MAX: Well I'm pretty sure we could have handled them ourselves. What's important is now we can head over to Oswald.
CIEL: Well I've got to get this coolant back first.
PJ: Well we're kind of in a rush to get you to Oswald. As soon as Lucius finds out we're going to end up neck high in Heartless. I'm not good at manual labor. Especially if my life depends on it.
CIEL: It'll be quick. I promise. I owe this guy. I screwed up his... thingy... whatever it is.
PJ: Ah! Not his thingy!
MAX: Alright. But we've got get to Oswald as fast as we can!
Player Goal: Bring the coolant to Gus.
Gus holds two pieces to his engine.
GREMLIN GUS: If only I had a --
CIEL: Coolant?
Ciel tosses the coolant to Gus. Gus fumbles the coolant before getting a firm grip.
GREMLIN GUS: A coolant? But -- did you really go into the junkyard?
CIEL: Yup. Sorry about breaking your... thingy... or whatever that is.
Max and PJ walk up.
PJ: There is nothing worse in this world than having a broken thingy.
MAX: Umm... exactly what is that... thingy?
GREMLIN GUS: Why it's an engine to a Gummi Ship. Now that I've got a new coolant I can make it like new again.
CIEL: Yeah...
Ciel's head hangs low.
CIEL: But now you've to put the whole thing together again because of me.
GREMLIN GUS: Well it's alright. We're pals right?
CIEL: Pals?
GREMLIN GUS: Yup. You helped me out without me having to ask you. That's something a friend would do. Don't be so hard on yourself kid.
CIEL: Yeah.
Ciel raises her head.
CIEL: *whispers* Kain. I'll make it up to you. *whispers*
Ciel turns to Max and PJ.
CIEL: You know... I've been running around this place so much that I forgot how freaked out I was when I got here. So... how 'bout we check out this Oswald guy.
MAX: Then let's go!
Yelling can be heard from far away.
CIEL: What's that?
PJ: Something we want to avoid?
Ciel runs ahead.
PJ: Or not.
Player Goal: Find the source of the yelling.
Ciel walks down the street of Legacy City when she sees Brand punch Steiner. Raine runs up to them as Brand readies himself for another punch when Lightening grabs both Brand and Steiner by the collar.
CIEL: What's going on over there?
Ciel creeps around a corner and hears what Lightening says.
LIGHTENING: You're keybearers. I expect better.
Ciel whispers to herself.
CIEL: Keybearers?
PJ: What?
CIEL: Shhh!
Brand stomps the ground.
BRAND: So Steiner doesn't any of the blame!
Ciel raises her eyebrows.
CIEL: What a brat.
Raine clears his throat. Brand folds his arms and looks away.
RAINE: We're sorry about this Lightening.
Brand begins stomping on the ground again and having a mini-tantrum.
BRAND: But it was Steiner!
LIGHTENING: Enough! Oswald is waiting for the two of you. He's waited long enough.
Raine nod his heads, Brand does too but grudgingly, right before following Lightening. Ciel begins to follow as pride-hurt Steiner rubs his face. Steiner turns without looking and bumps into Ciel. Argent walks over to Ciel, Max, and PJ.
CIEL: Hey! Watch it!
STEINER: Well excuse me!
Argent looks at Max and PJ.
ARGENT: And just what are the two of you doing off duty? Again!
MAX: It isn't what it looks like! We --
ARGENT: Save it.
Argent sighs then grabs Max and PJ by the collar and drags them away. Max drops his skateboard and it begins to roll ahead of Ciel. Ciel tuns around to call out them.
CIEL: Guys! I -- uggh! Sorry! I've gotta find out more about keybearers! I'll come back for you!
Steiner continues to talk even when Ciel tries to walk past him.
STEINER: I don't even know where I am thanks to that no good brat! "Legacy City." Bah! That little runt has really done it this time. Can you believe that punk--
CIEL: I don't care just --
Ciel tries to walk past Steiner. He obliviously moves without really noticing he's blocking her. Steiner continues to talk while doing so.
CIEL/STEINER: Get -- /He's always doing this/Out -- /Ungrateful little brat/Of -- /I bet he did this on purpose!/
My way!
Ciel shoves Steiner to the ground. Ciel runs ahead toward Lucius' tower.
Lightening, Raine, and Brand are far ahead of her. Ciel looks around her and notices Max's skateboard rolling in her direction. Ciel looks confidently at the skateboard.
Player Goal: Avoid the people as you catch up to the two boys.
Lightening walks out of Lucius' Tower as Ciel hops off of her skateboard. Lightening walks past Ciel. Lightening notices Ciel is heading towards Lucius' Tower.
LIGHTENING: Excuse me! You can't go in there! Oswald is currently very busy with very important people.
CIEL: I know! But --
Ciel breathes in then summons her keyblade.
CIEL: Keybearers right? I need one of these to get in?
LIGHTENING: A keyblade?
CIEL: Keyblade?
LIGHTENING: Oswald has been expecting you. Please hurry in. Everything will be ready now that you're here.
Lightening walks away.
CIEL: What 'ill be ready?
Ciel looks at the tower, sighs, and then walks in. Raine, Brand, and Linnea are in mid conversation.
RAINE: So how long have you been here?
LINNEA: Not that long.
Ciel walks in. Everyone turns to look at her. Ciel walks up and barely bumps into Brand.
BRAND: Hey watch it!
CIEL: Relax! What's your problem?
BRAND: You not being able to see. Maybe you should look where you're going.
CIEL: Or what? Hey you know that old dude kept hounding me and botherin' me about how your such a pest. Try keeping your annoying friends at home
BRAND: Steiner is not my friend!
CIEL: What was I thinking? Why would a brat like you would even have firends?
BRAND: You don't even know me! Who are you anyway?
CIEL: Who am I? Who are you? Some punk that likes to get in people's faces?
Ciel and Brand lock eyes. Linnea waves to Ciel.
LINNEA: Hello. It's nice to see you again
CIEL: Huh? Again?
Brand backs off.
LINNEA: I saw you earlier. These two guys were looking for you. I told them to run ahead to the junkyard, but they went a different way than you. Were they your friends?
CIEL: Max and PJ?
Everyone is caught up in their own thoughts as Oswald clears his throat.
OSWALD: Four keybearers. All finally here. It's time to explain what's been going on.
Location: Legacy City -- Linnea's Door
Linnea slowly walks out of her door. Linnea looks around.
LINNEA: Where... am I?
Linnea walks out of her alleyway and looks around everything with a frightened expression.
LINNEA: Okay. I'm in a new place. I'm in a big scary new place.
Linnea looks up at a crow staring at her. Linnea yelps.
LINNEA: Okay. It's an adventure. That's it. This is an adventure. Okay. I'm just going to go out there and meet some new people and everything will be --
The crow caws. Linnea yells and runs out of the alley. Linnea begins to walk more relaxed as she progresses down the street.
LINNEA: Alright Linnea. Just calm down. Someone has to know where you are. Just meet someone new and everything will be fine.
She starts waving at everyone she walks past.
LINNEA: Hey there! I'm Linnea! It's nice to meet you!
No one responds, and each time she does she becomes more and more discouraged.
LINNEA: I'm new! Can you tell me where I am? I -- hello? *sigh*
Eventually her expression becomes dull and bored and she stops waving.
Linnea then begins to look frightened again.
LINNEA: This place is so different.
Linnea continues walking without looking as she runs into Raine.
LINNEA: Sorry!
RAINE: It's fine.
LINNEA: No it's not fine. I -- I --
Linnea sits down in the alley. Linnea begins hyperventilating.
LINNEA: It's too big -- it's too different -- but it's an adventure -- but it's a scary adventure!
Raine leans down to put his hand on Linnea's shoulder.
RAINE: Hey relax. Are you alright?
LINNEA: I'm sorry. This is all so different and I'm so excited -- but it's still very... it's a lot more than I think I can handle at once.
RAINE: It's no big deal. I'm new too.
LINNEA: Really? Maybe... can you please... maybe we can explore together.
RAINE: Explore?
LINNEA: I'm sorry. I must sound really... awkward. And sudden. It's just this place seems so big and I want to see more of it... but I don't like the idea of being alone. But I really don't want to go home -- And do you know where we are? And... and...
RAINE: Look if it gets you to calm down we can hang out for a while. Just take it easy.
LINNEA (Mainly talking to herself): Right. Take it easy. I'm Linnea.
RAINE: Call me Raine.
Raine and Linnea begin walking down the alley together.
Player Goal: Explore.
Linnea and Raine walk up to the plaza. Jose Carioca is standing in the middle of the plaza.
JOSE CARIOCA: The game of memory! Who wants to try! The winner gets of the many fine stuffed animals.
Raine walks past Jose.
JOSE CARIOCA: You there! How would you like to win a bear for the young lady?
RAINE: Huh?
LINNEA: Oh look at all of them! I want one so bad!
JOSE CARIOCA: How 'bout my friend? Will you play the game of memory?
RAINE: I mean -- sure. Can't be that hard.
LINNEA: I wanna play too!
JOSE CARIOCA: Feel free to! All are welcome. Now the rules are simple. These four large containers will spin around and swap places. One of them has a round red ball in them. Win three rounds and you get a free stuffed animal!
RAINE: Sounds easy.
Linnea claps her hands and smiles.
Player Goal: Win the game
Jose gives Raine a stylish hat.
JOSE CARIOCA: Enjoy your prize.
RAINE: Thanks but I don't think I'd really want a hat.
LINNEA: I want one! We both won!
JOSE CARIOCA: I'm sorry. Only one prize per game. Even if you did both win.
Linnea lowers her shoulders.
RAINE: It's cool. You just keep the hat. It's not really my style.
Raine holds out the hat for Linnea. Linnea giggles and puts on.
LINNEA: Thank you!
JOSE CARIOCA: That is a beautiful sight. No prize can outmatch the value of good friends. Now if you two don't mind I'm going to start putting all of this away.
Linnea plays with the rim of her hat when it falls to the ground. The wind begins blowing it away and Linnea chases after it.
LINNEA: WAIT!
Raine bends down to talk to Jose.
RAINE: So why do we only get one prize per game? We both won.
JOSE CARIOCA: Yes... well to tell you the truth that hat was the last thing I had left. I didn't think you both wanted to play.
Jose shrugs.
RAINE: It's cool.
The camera focuses on Linnea walking further and further away from Raine without taking notice to the distance between her and him. Linnea grabs the hat as she enters a new area of Legcay City.
LINNEA: This is a lot of fun Raine! I wonder what else there is to do.
Linnea turns around. Raine didn't notice her walking away while he was talking to Jose. Linnea inhales without exhaling.
LINNEA: Raine? I -- he -- I'm all alone.
Linnea begins walking backwards. She bumps into a wall and drops her hat.
Ace (Up) runs through the ally. Mushu is on his back.
MUSHU: Slow down you crazy mutt?
Mushu spots Linnea's hat and grabs it as Ace runs. Mushu covers Ace's eyes with the hat.
ACE (Normal voice): Get offa me punk!
Ace continues running.
LINNEA: WAIT! My hat!
Player Goal: Catch Ace.
Linnea stops to breath as Ace begins to struggle more and more.
ACE: I said get off!
Mushu grabs Ace's translator and breaths a weak flame.
ACE (Normal voice): I said get -- (Squeaky voice) Offa me! What?
Ace throws Mushu off of him.
ACE: What happened to my voice?
MUSHU: What happened? I'll tell you what happened! You messed with the great Mushu! And you got burned!
Ace growls at Mushu. Linnea laughs when she hears his growl is also high pitched.
ACE: What? Oh! I -- You'll pay for this!
Ace runs off towards the Junkyard. Linnea puts her hat back on and walks up to Mushu.
MUSHU: Man. I shouldn't have to deal with this. Guardians get to just fly around and breath fire on things. But --
LINNEA: Did you say you're a guardian?
MUSHU: Huh?
LINNEA: Wow! That sounds really cool!
MUSHU: "Cool"? Well hold --
Mushu begins to smile.
MUSUH: It is cool. Because I! Am the almighty Mushu! Guardian of heroes! Bringer of justice! Someone messes with me, and they end up with one burnt booty!
LINNEA: That sounds so neat. I --
Linnea lowers her hand and rubs her forearm.
LINNEA: I wish I had a guardian. I'm so confused. I don't know where I am, or where my friend went, and --
Linnea summons her Keyblade.
LINNEA: I have no idea what this is.
Mushu is shocked to see Linnea has the Keyblade.
MUSHU: Hold on! Why do I feel like I've heard of something like this. Magic key. Lost girl. Worlds in danger.
Mushu snaps his fingers.
MUSHU: You're on a quest!
Mushu gasps.
MUSHU: You're on a quest. That means you're going to be a hero. And if you're going to be a hero then that means someone can take credit for making you a hero.
LINNEA: What are you --
Mushu jumps onto Linnea's shoulder.
MUSHU: It's your lucky day! You just won yourself a free dragon guardian.
LINNEA: Really?
MUSHU: Oh yeah. With all the perks and privileges. Now come on! Adventure! And... stuff like that!
Player Goal: Explore
MUSHU: Now where is that castle? That rabbit's got to around here somewhere.
She looks down the street and see Ciel heading toward the junkyard then stopping to look around. Linnea cocks her head as Max and PJ show up. Ciel continues walking away as Max and PJ stop to talk to Linnea.
MAX: Hey!
Linnea turns to look at Max and PJ.
LINNEA: Are you... talking to me?
Max and PJ stop running. They start huffing and puffing.
MAX: Have you... seen a girl... with spiky hair.... and --
LINNEA: Was she kind of short?
Max and PJ look at each other then nod their heads.
LINNEA: She went over there. I think she's lost.
MAX: The junkyard?
Max and PJ begin running again.
PJ: Jumyard! Got it!
MUSHU: Hold on!
Max and PJ are still running.
PJ: Yeah.
MUSHU: We've got something to ask you.
LINNEA: I'm trying to find a friend. Do you have an idea of where I could go?
MUSHU: and we've got to find --
PJ: Try finding Oswald!
MUSHU: Yeah. Oswald.
Max and PJ are still running.
MAX: Just head that way --
Max points while running in place, PJ runs in place besides him.
MAX: And he's probably standing outside.
Linnea nods her head. Max and PJ look around and run in circles before running to the wrong part of the junkyard.
FADE OUT
FADE IN
Linnea walks up to Oswald.
LINNEA: Is that him?
MUSHU: Yeah that's him. So who'd you lose?
LINNEA: I don't know him that well, but he's new to the city too.
MUSHU: New?
Oswald turns around.
OSWALD: Hello?
LINNEA: Oh Hello. Umm... We...
OSWALD: Huh?
MUSHU: We're looking for someone. He's...
LINNEA: Well he's really tall.
MUSHU: And...
LINNEA: He has long braided hair.
MUSHU: And...
LINNEA: His name is... oh! I forgot. It must have slipped my mind.
Oswald looks at the ground.
OSWALD: Well I'll try to tell the guard to keep a look out for him. Sorry about not being able to help you out right not. Thing's are rough right now... it's hard to explain. I guess you could say hard times are coming to Legacy City. If you weren't there when I explained it to the city... I guess you could just say we're in a lot of trouble... and we're waiting for the key bearers.
LINNEA: Key? Do you mean --
Gremlin Gus runs up to Oswald.
GREMLIN GUS: Oswald come quick! I've encountered a little snag in the Gummi Ship engine.
OSWALD: A snag?
GREMLIN GUS: Well... it broke. But it's okay. I should have it working before sundown. It's just that I need to get inside to grab some tools.
OSWALD: Of course.
Oswald turns to Linnea.
OSWALD: I'll be back. I'll be able to help with whatever you're problem is.
Oswald leaves.
Linnea summons her keyblade
LINNEA: A key?
Linnea looks out to see a small training field.
Player Goal: Kill some time
Action: Linnea must practice in the training field. The more Linnea trains the more active the dummies become. Eventually the dummies begin to hit Linnea back.
Oswald walks back and sees Linnea using her keyblade.
OSWALD: A keybearer!
LINNEA: Huh?
OSWALD: I don't believe you just walked right up to me without me noticing. Oh now I just need to make sure you don't go anywhere until the others come. Then you can help us out!
MUSHU: Oh! This is perfect! You really are going to be a hero!
LINNEA: What? Help with what?
OSWALD: Don't worry it'll all make sense soon.
Raine and Brand are lead in by Lightening.
LIGHTENING: Oswald will explain the rest from here.
Raine walks ahead and slightly gasps when he sees Linnea. Brand walks ahead before Lightening grabs him by the collar.
LIGHTENING: And you.
Brand sighs then turns around.
LIGHTENING: You have an important job ahead of you. So you might want to quit it with your habit of starting trouble.
Lightening turns to leave. Brand leans up against a wall with his arms folded.
Raine walks up to Linnea.
RAINE: Linnea? Why are you here?
LINNEA: Waiting for you.
RAINE: You have a keyblade too!
BRAND: So does everybody get one of these things?
Raine ignores Brand.
RAINE: So how long have you been here?
LINNEA: Not that long.
Ciel walks in. Everyone turns to look at her. Ciel walks up and barely bumps into Brand.
BRAND: Hey watch it!
CIEL: Relax! What's your problem?
BRAND: You not being able to see. Maybe you should look where you're going.
CIEL: Or what? Hey you know that old dude kept hounding me and botherin' me about how your such a pest. Try keeping your annoying friends at home
BRAND: Steiner is not my friend!
CIEL: What was I thinking? Why would a brat like you would even have firends?
BRAND: You don't even know me! Who are you anyway?
CIEL: Who am I? Who are you? Some punk that likes to get in people's faces?
Ciel and Brand lock eyes. Linnea waves to Ciel.
LINNEA: Hello. It's nice to see you again
CIEL: Huh? Again?
Brand backs off.
LINNEA: I saw you earlier. These two guys were looking for you. I told them to run ahead to the junkyard, but they went a different way than you. Were they your friends?
CIEL: Max and PJ?
Everyone is caught up in their own thoughts as Oswald clears his throat.
OSWALD: Four key bearers. All finally here. It's time to explain what's been going on.
In the middle of the street, people are seen walking back and forth.
Camera pans around an alleyway on the side of the street.
Located between two buildings, nothing can be seen down the way.
Pans back deeper into the alleyway, and a door is seen at the end.
It opens in a burst of light, and Brand and Steiner come flying out.
Struggling with each other, rolling out into the street.
Steiner sits on top of Brand, and Brand kicks him off.
Steiner goes flying off and slams back to the ground.
Brand gets up and wipes some of the dirt off his clothes.
Steiner gets up in a hurry, ready to yell at Brand.
Steiner: "Listen here boy...."
He looks around and sees all the lights and new scenery.
He starts to shake a little bit.
Steiner: "Where am I? What have you done!?"
He runs up to Brand, with an angry look on his face.
Brand: "I didn't do anything, you're the one who-"
Brand is cut off.
Steiner: "We have to get back, come now it's not safe here."
Brand: "I'm not going anywhere with you, I'm better off on my own."
Steiner: "What are you saying, are you mad?"
Brand begins to walk away from Steiner. He waves him off.
Brand: "See ya later Rusty."
Steiner jumps up and down, in a little fit of rage.
The people around them don't seem to notice, or are just ignoring them completely.
Steiner: "You are coming back with me this instant!"
No response, he becomes even madder.
Steiner: "Are you even listening to me!"
Steiner seems to calm down, Brand is only a little ways away.
Steiner: "Fine then, I'll bring you back one way or another."
He pulls out his sword, and begins to charge Brand. He yells as he charges.
Brand turns around and he notices Steiner coming at him.
Brand: "What the-?"
In a flash, Brand summons his Keyblade, and blocks Steiner's attack.
The people once ignoring them, now notice the two.
More importantly, they notice Brand's Keyblade.
The people begin to run away, hoping not to get caught up in the fight.
Brand pushes back Steiner.
Brand: "You wanna fight, you got one!"
PLAYER GOAL- Battle Steiner
Steiner is knocked back on his butt, landing on the ground and dropping his sword.
He scrambles over to it as quick as he can, and Brand puts his foot on the sword.
Steiner looks up and Brand motions his finger back and forth, to show "NO".
A yell is heard, and Brand looks up.
He turns around and sees a woman running away, apparantly scared of him.
Brand: "You see what you do Steiner?"
Brand turns back around, and sees something coming in the distance.
3 people come running up. In the lead, is Beatrix, followed by Lightening and Argent on both her sides.
They come to a stop in front of Brand and Steiner, who is still sitting on the ground.
As they come to a stop, 3 Guards immediately surround Brand and Steiner.
Beatrix: "Well, well, well, what do we have here?"
Steiner looks up at her, and immediately stands up and brushes off the dirt from himself.
Steiner: "Finally some help, I presume you are the authorities?"
Beatrix: "And who are you exactly? Don't recall seeing either of you before."
Steiner: "Well, my good lady..."
Steiner continues rambling on, but Beatrix isn't listening.
She looks over at Brand and notices his Keyblade.
Brand's Keyblade vanishes before her eyes, and she interrupts Steiner.
Beatrix: "Argent!"
Argent: "Yes!"
Beatrix: "Take this one into custody, and see if you can't get some questions out of him."
Beatrix is pointing to Steiner.
Argent: "Right away Beatrix."
Argent motions the 3 Guards to take Steiner.
They push him forward, and Argent moves onward.
Steiner: "Unhand me you! I thought you were going to help me!?"
Argent: "We are, we are. Just need to ask you a few questions, that's all."
Steiner: "Well I never...."
He continues rambling on, but can't be heard since they are so far away.
Beatrix: "Now you boy...what's your name?"
Brand: "And why should I tell you?"
Lightening: "You should watch your words-"
Beatrix holds up her hand.
Beatrix: "Ease up Lightening, if he won't tell us then fine."
She speaks back to Brand.
Beatrix: "Aren't you a fiery one, and that blade of yours..."
A pause.
Beatrix: "Lightening, take him to see Oswald."
Lightening: "Right away Beatrix."
Beatrix looks at Brand.
Beatrix: "Be on your best behaviour now."
Beatrix rides off.
Lightening turns about, ready to move on.
Lightening: "Come on kid, we've got a ways to go."
Brand: "I'm not going with you."
Lightening: "Oh yeah, well then where are you going to go?"
Brand lowers his head, knowing he's beat.
Lightening: "That's what I thought, now don't make me drag you all the way."
Lightening moves onward, and Brand follows.
PLAYER GOAL- Follow Lightening
Brand is walking down the street, following Lightning.
He glances off to the sides of the street, taking in the sights.
He doesn't look where he's walking, and almost trips over something.
Brand looks down and sees Mushu.
Mushu: "Hey, what are you tryna' do man?"
Mushu stands up.
Mushu: "Stepping on a dragon's tail like that, you don't see me stepping on your tail do you?"
Brand: "I don't have a tail..."
Mushu: "You know what I mean."
Mushu grabs onto his tail.
Mushu: "Ain't you gonna apologize, I mean it's the least you can do?"
Brand: "Well I don't tend to look down when I walk, seems like you got in my way."
Mushu: "You did NOT just go there, man. How am I supposed to....never mind. Forget it."
Mushu walks away.
Mushu: "The nerve of some people nowadays."
Brand turns to watch as Mushu walks away.
He begins to back up.
Brand: "This place is so different than-"
He knocks into something else. A dog, Ace.
Ace: "Who dares knock into me?"
He looks up at Brand, who seems to be ignoring him.
Ace: "You there, boy, was it you?"
Brand: "Who me?"
Ace: "Yes..."
Ace stares angrily.
Brand: "Oh no, it was....."
Brand looks around, and sees Mushu again.
Brand: "It was the, uh...lizard thing over there."
He points over to Mushu.
Ace: "Him..."
Ace chases after Mushu, who notices Ace charging at him.
Mushu runs away as fast as he can.
Brand: "Man, this place is weird."
Lightening stops in front of a large tower.
Brand casually walks up to Lightening.
Lightening: "Took you long enough, kid."
Brand: "Well you were on a horse, and don't call me kid."
Lightening: "Maybe if you told me your name-"
Brand: "It's Brand."
Lightening: "Well Brand, step inside."
Brand walks into the door and Lightening follows.
INSIDE THE TOWER
Inside, Brand stops in front of the door.
Lightening pushes past him, and the door shuts behind them.
Lightening: "You gonna stand around all day?"
She continues onward, and stops in front of the stairs.
Brand walks right up beside her.
Lightening: "Uh, where is he?"
Brand: "Oswald?"
Lightening: "Yeah, he's the one you need to see."
A voice is heard up the stairs.
??????: "Lightening, is that you?"
Lighteing: "Yeah, it's me! And I have someone here to see you!"
??????: "A guest, well why didn't you say so!"
Down the stairs, comes Oswald.
He raises his hand, as to shake Lightening's while he's walking down the stairs.
Oswald: "It's good to see you Light-"
Oswald trips over his shoes, and falls a little bit down the stairs.
Lightening: "Oh Oswald, are you alright?"
She kneels down beside him, and helps him up.
Brand: "Wait a second! This thing is Oswald?"
Lightening: "Thing, Oswald is-"
Oswald: "It's alright Lightening."
Oswald stands up and brushes off himself.
Oswald: "Sorry about that, and you must be-?"
He holds out his hand to Brand.
Brand: "The name's Brand."
Oswald: "Well Brand, it's nice to meet you."
Brand doesn't shake his hand.
Oswald: "Okay then...so what's up Lightening?"
Lightening: "This boy, is a Keybearer. Beatrix told me to bring him to you."
Oswald: "A real Keybearer!"
Oswald seems so happy.
Oswald: "Mind showing me?"
Brand: "What, oh...you mean this?"
Brand summons his Keyblade.
Oswald: "Nice, very nice."
He turns back to Lightening.
Oswald: "Thank you for bringing him Lightening, but I'm afraid HE'S not in yet."
Lightening: "HE'S not, so what should we do then?"
Oswald: "It seems Brand here is a little new to the city, why don't you show him around."
Lightening: "Of course Oswald."
Lightening starts to walk back to the door.
Brand still stands in front of Oswald.
Oswald: "Well, hurry along, she's not gonna wait forever."
Brand: "Right."
Brand follows Lightening out the door.
Oswald: "Now, I just need a little more time."
OUTSIDE THE TOWER
PLAYER GOAL- Look around
As you move over to places, Lightening will explain a little about the place.
As you move to the end of street, which bends off to a corner, the story progresses.
Brand comes walking into the scene, and stops.
Lightening walks past him.
Lightening: "Anything else you'd like to know?"
Brand: "What's this place called?"
Lightening: "You don't know the name of the world?"
Brand: "No, I don't. Sorry I'm new."
Lightening: "Man, you've never heard of this place?"
Brand: "Will you just tell me already? You're getting on my nerves."
Lightening: "You're in Legacy City, a utopia for all worlds."
Brand: "All worlds? There are more than this and my home?"
Lightening: "Yes, but I'm sure Oswald can tell you more than I can."
On one end of the street, Argent and Steiner come walking into the scene.
Argent: "Hey Lightening, got a sec?"
Lightening: "What do you want Argent?"
Argent: "You think you could take the big guy off my hands?"
Lightening: "A little too much for you?"
Argent: "More like a load of pain."
Brand: "That's Rusty for you."
Steiner comes running over after hearing Brand call him Rusty.
Steiner: "Listen here boy, stop calling me Rusty!"
Brand: "And what are you gonna do about it?"
Steiner: "You'll regret it!"
Argent and Brand walk away a little bit to talk by themselves, while Brand and Steiner duke it out.
Brand: "Like you could do anything to me, I've beaten you once and I'll do it again."
Steiner: "You got lucky the first time, but it won't happen again!"
Brand turns around.
Brand: "Whatever helps you sleep at night Rusty."
Steiner: "MY NAME'S NOT RUSTY!!!"
Steiner charges at Brand once more, and punches him in the side of his face.
Brand gets knocked to the ground.
Brand: "Now you're gonna get it!"
Brand charges back at Steiner, knocking him in the face too.
Steiner gets knocked to the ground and starts to cry a little.
Lightening and Argent hear his crying and come running in.
Someone else comes running in after Lightening and Argent.
Steiner starts to run at Brand again, but Argent comes up behind him and holds him down.
Lightening grabs onto Brand, locking his arms behind his back.
Steiner: "Sir...LET GO OF ME THIS INSTANT!! HE'S PUSHED MY BUTTONS FOR THE LAST TIME!!!"
Argent: "I'm sure he has."
Brand is trying to struggle away from Lightening.
Lightening: "Struggling will only make it hurt more."
She tightens her grip.
Lightening: "You are a Keybearer, I expect you to start acting like one."
The man comes running up to Lightening.
?????: "Excuse me, did you say Keybearer?"
Lightening: "I can't help you right now, just a little busy."
?????: "Then maybe I can help you."
Lightening: "I don't think you-"
She hears a noise behind her. She turns around, as she lets go of Brand.
She sees that the man has a Keyblade.
Lightening: "Another Keybearer..."
?????: "Is your name Lightening?"
Lightening: "Yes."
?????: "Oswald told me to come find you, and the other Keybearer."
His Keyblade vanishes.
Raine: "My name is Raine, and I apologize for any discomfort."
Steiner is still struggling away off in the back, with Argent.
Lightening: "Well Raine, you seem to know what you're doing."
She turns to Brand.
Lightening: "This is the kind of attitude you should have."
Brand: "But it was all Steiner's fault! Sorry I'm not mister perfect over there."
Raine: "I'm hardly perfect..."
He lowers his head.
Lightening: "Well then, Raine, now that you found us, I'll guess that Oswald wants us back now?"
Raine: "Correct."
Lightening: "Let's get a move on you two."
Raine nods respectingly, and Brand shrugs his shoulders.
The three of them begin to walk away.
Lightening: "See you around Argent."
Argent looks up to see them all walking away.
He lets go of Steiner, who immediately stands up and starts rubbing his cheek.
Argent: "Great, what am I supposed to do with him."
A girl comes running past him, and bumps into Steiner.
PLAYER GOAL- Return to Oswald.
OUTSIDE THE TOWER
Lightening: "You two know the rest of the way right?"
Raine: "I believe we do."
Brand: "Obviously, we're right outside."
Brand pushes past Raine and opens the door.
Raine: "You're not coming Lightening?"
Lightening: "I'm needed elsewhere. Besides, HE only needs you guys."
Raine walks in through the door, and it closes behind him.
INSIDE THE TOWER
Brand leans up against a wall, and Raine walks in.
There is a girl sitting down, someone Raine recognizes.
Raine walks up to her.
RAINE: "Linnea? Why are you here?"
LINNEA: "I was waiting for you."
RAINE: "You have a keyblade too!"
BRAND: "So what, does everybody have one of these things?"
Raine ignores Brand.
RAINE: "So how long have you been here?"
LINNEA: "Not that long."
Ciel walks in. Everyone turns to look at her. Ciel walks up and barely bumps into Brand.
BRAND: "Hey watch it!"
CIEL: "Relax! No need to explode?"
BRAND: "Well maybe you should look where you're going."
CIEL: "Or what?"
Brand and Ciel both share a deep glare at one another.
Ciel: "I'm guessing Sir Cries alot is your friend?"
BRAND: "Steiner is not my friend!"
CIEL: "Well you could've fooled me, that's for sure."
RAND: "You don't even know me! Who are you anyway?"
CIEL: "Who am I? Who are you?"
Ciel and Brand lock eyes again. Linnea waves to Ciel.
Both her and Brand look over.
LINNEA: "Hello. It's nice to see you again"
CIEL: "Again?"
Brand looks over at Mushu and his eyes widen.
He thinks to himself.....
Brand: *Oh man....what is the lizard doing here....hope he doesn't recognize me.*
LINNEA: "I saw you earlier. These two guys were looking for you. I told them to run ahead to the junkyard, but they went a different way than you. Were they your friends?"
CIEL: "Max and PJ?"
Everyone is caught up in their own thoughts and walking through the hall inside the castle. Basically they don't know what to talk about so they're just wandering around.
Linnea: Uhm.. Hi, I'm Linnea.
Brand turns around and sees Linnea in front of him, with her hand behind her back.
Brand: Yeah? What do you want?
Linnea: Uhm, my friend here wants to talk to you.
Brand: Your frie--?
Linnea shows her hands. Mushu is standing in the palm of her hands, his arms are crossed and glares at Brand.
Mushu: "Hey hot tamale, you ready to apologize?"
Brand: "Uuuh..."
Mushu: "Don't you uuh me, you know EXACTLY what I'm talking about Spitfire."
Brand tries to ignore him, but can't help but glance at Mushu.
Mushu: "Hey, you deaf or something? I know you heard me hothead!"
Mushu jumps off Linnea's hands and climbs up Brand's leg, and Brand tries to shake him off.
Brand is jumping around trying to shake off Mushu. Linnea just stands there, not knowing what to do while Raine and Ciel are too busy thinking.
Oswald clears his throat.
OSWALD: "Four key bearers. All finally here. It's time to explain what's been going on."
OSWALD: Well... How should I put this?
Silence.
RAINE: We're all in another world?
The others begin to look like they're going to laugh when Oswald snaps his fingers.
OSWALD: Yup!
The three jump in shock.
LINNEA: WHAT!
MUSHU: What is with you? This isn't new.
BRAND: It is to me!
LINNEA: And me!
OSWALD: Well you see this world is connected to other worlds through the Bridges.
CIEL: Bridges?
RAINE: That's how we got here isn't it?
OSWALD: Actually no. Your worlds don't have Bridges that connect to this one. The only possible explanation I can come up with is --
BRAND: Hold on! So there are a ton of other worlds --
Oswald looks annoyed at Brand. Brand motions toward Ciel.
BRAND: But somehow I end up stuck on the same one as the genius who doesn't even know how to walk straight. You wanna explain that Mr. Tour Guide guy or mayor or whatever you are?
CIEL: It's gotta be great to not be able to hear how stupid you are.
OSWALD: Tour guide! No no no! Look the bridges... they all connect here, special doorways to cross millions of miles of space in seconds. This city wasn't even close to this size before the bridges were built. Now look at it. All sorts of different people living together equally behind the same walls.
BRAND: So worlds are like different planets. We're out in space somewhere?
OSWALD: No. It's more like --
RAINE: Alternate universes that are all part of one bigger universe? Got it.
OSWALD: Well... yeah. Geez! Guess I wouldn't have spent so much time working on a big explanation if I knew you'd just show up in explain it in one sentence.
RAINE: Sorry.
BRAND:So do you give that speech to every person that gets here?
MUSHU: I didn't get it.
OSWALD: No, only you four.
RAINE: Why us?
OSWALD: Because you guys are some of the most important people to come in a long time.
RAINE: Why? What makes us so special?
LINNEA: The Keys?
All of them turn to Linnea.
LINNEA: It's those Keys isnt it?
OSWALD: Yes, I would like to explain everything but --
Oswald looks out to the sky and sees a star dim.
OSWALD: We don't have time! The worlds are in danger!
BRAND: What!?
Oswald runs past Brand.
OSWALD: No time! Follow me!
Oswald continues running ahead, disappearing around a corner. Everyone is crowded in the doorway
CIEL: He didnt even tell us where he was going did he?
RAINE: Nope.
LINNEA: I think he's going to where that pile of junk is.
CIEL: I know where that is! Follow me!
PLAYER GOAL: Reach the alley.
There are four doors scattered around the alley. One is a modern glass sliding door. The glass is opaque and the door appears to be turned off. Theres a curtain of linchen hanging between two trees that grew in a small patch of grass full of weeds. There is a big ornate door on one of the walls, like something out of a castle. The entrance to the shanty is blocked by a rainbow striped curtain.
Oswald sees the four enter the alley.
OSWALD: You're here! Finally! Quickly we have to hurry!
BRAND: Whoaa! Whats the rush? Everything's peaceful.
OSWALD: Maybe here. But not out there.
He spreads his arms over his head, motioning towards the whole sky. Linnea is staring upwards, squinting.
LINNEA: Huh... How can you tell?
OSWALD: Whenever an extra powerful heart appears on a world its star brightens. Last night four stars dimmed then flashed, becoming brighter than ever before. This morning they dimmed back to normal levels. I knew then that somehow, you all found the bridges. But when a star dims that means the Heartless are closing in on the world's heart. When a star dims the world is about to be destroyed. Look over at that group of stars.
He points to a cluster of four stars, all of them dim.
OSWALD: They've been slowly going out. A few days ago we had to shut down the bridges to keep the heartless from infesting other worlds.
RAINE: You left those people stranded without help!? How could you do that!? There are innocent people there! They wont know what to do when a wave of darkness comes to kill them and their families! I've seen what the darkness does to people and it's something no one should ever see!
OSWALD: We didn't have a choice in the matter. If we kept the bridges open the heartless would have attacked the city and from there they could take any world! If we tried to evacuate the people the bridges would have collapsed in their weakened state. That would've left them where no one could help them. The bridges right now can only hold one person and only for a few brief seconds. Anything else would be dangerous.
BRAND: So what are we supposed to do about this?
OSWALD: With your keyblades.
Linnea summons her keyblade.
LINNEA: You mean this? Right?
OSWALD: Yup. Each of you have one. I can't explain what they are now. We don't have the time and I'm not the expert on these matters. The thing you all must know is that these are the only weapons that can permanently kill a Heartless. You just need to kill the Heartless attacking the bridges and then we'll be able to turn them back on. Until then you'll be stranded.
BRAND: So I've got to fight those Heartless things. Those freaky monsters right? Well then I think I can save a few worlds today.
CIEL: There are four bridges genius. We all get one.
Brand turns to snap at Ciel but Raine tugs him back on his collar.
RAINE: Try to play nice.
Brand struggles to get loose from Raine's grip. Raine releases him and Brand stumbles forward. Oswald, and Linnealaugh at this.
OSWALD: Alright guys. Ready?
BRAND: I know I'm ready.
Oswald points his hand at the automatic doors, a stream of light comes out and hits it. The door lights up as it turns on. Brand looks towards the door and takes a step towards it.
Brand prepares to walk through the door when Ceil puts her hand in his face in a similar fashion to a crossing guard telling someone to stop.
CIEL: I think I'll handle this one. The idea is to save the worlds hothead, and I'm performing my first good deed for today by keeping you as far away from this world as possible. I get the feeling that any minute now the rabbit's gonna figure out he mixed you up with the real key...
OSWALD: Bearer.
CIEL (Condescending): Keybearer. But hey, at least you got a chance to meet the real heroes.
Ciel walks through the bridge.
Silence.
RAINE (Monotone): She's funny.
Brand almost says something but then they hear a loud unlocking sound. Oswald had unlocked the big ornate door.
BRAND: I'll just go through here then!
He storms off through the door. The doors tumblers lock again. Raine laughs.
RAINE: Well these are some interesting people.
The sound of a wind blowing to a beat is heard when Oswald activates the linchen curtain. The reeds in front of it flattens. Raine walks up and pulls back the curtain.
RAINE: This thing just had to be wet didn't it.
Linnea laughs. The curtain just closes as if Raine was never there. The reeds cover the entrance again. The nails holding the rainbow striped curtain in place pop out of the shanty, it hangs there loosely.
OSWALD: Last one.
Linnea takes a deep breath.
MUSHU: Alright. Here we go! This is going to be our big debut!
LINNEA: I'm ready!
Oswald watches as they disappear beneath the curtain. The nails return to their place on the curtain.
OSWALD: I hope you won't need it but.. Good luck everyone.
Linnea and Mushu enter Wondrous Circus.
MUSHU: Alright hero girl. It's time to get down to business. Time to start Hero Training 101.
Mushu jumps to the ground and picks up a stick. Mushu walks back and forth with the stick slung over his shoulder.
MUSHU: Hero's have got to be mean. Show me your nasty face!
LINNEA: My... nasty --
MUSHU: Come on! We don't have all day!
Linnea makes a pathetic attempt at an angry face.
LINNEA (Weakly): Grrr.
MUSHU: Alright so maybe we can skip the faces for now. But we need to remember --
Mushu points his stick forward.
MUSHU: LOOK AT THE SIZE OF THAT HEARTLESS!
Linnea screams and ducks behind Mushu. Linnea looks around and sees that there is no Heartless.
MUSHU: The element of surprise. Never forget that. At any second --
A Heartless appears behind Mushu.
MUSHU: Some nasty, freaky, ugly, smelly, hairy, dirty, Heartless --
Mushu leans against the Heartless.
MUSHU: Can show up right behind you.
Silence.
MUSHU: How big is it?
LINNEA: Real big!
MUSHU: Well that's not a --
Mushu starts running.
MUSHU: RUN!
Mushu runs forward as the Heartless attacks. Mushu and Linnea run up to the circus as the Heartless disappears. Linnea stops to breathe, and Mushu collapses.
MUSHU: Alright. That --
Mushu raises his hand.
MUSHU: Was a test.
Mushu sits up.
MUSHU: and you passed! Great job! It went exactly as I planned.
LINNEA: Wow! You can plan where the Heartless show up?
MUSHU: I can? Oh sure! Well... not exactly. You see, I've got a keen eye.
Mushu points at his eye.
MUSHU: Come on. Look at the eye.
Linnea leans in to look at Mushu's eye.
MUSHU: And this eye.
Mushu stands up straight.
MUSHU: Doesn't miss anything. I mean... I can tell just by looking at a place how strong the Heartless there are. Like...
Mushu looks at the circus.
MUSHU: Here. This place is full of half pints. Easy pickings.
LINNEA: Oh! Okay.
A Heartless appears. Linnea doesn't notice it, but Mushu is startled. Mushu begins to rush Linnea inside the circus.
MUSHU (Nervous): Let's get some practice in! Come on! In! In! In!
The camera pans upward to show the name of the world, "Wondrous Circus".
Player Goal: Explore the circus
Inside the circus, Linnea looks at Mushu.
LINNEA: Mushu... are you sure these Heartless are weaker?
MUSHU: Of course they are. Why would I get something like that wrong?
LINNEA: Sorry. It's just that I'm glad. I don't think I can fight one of those big Heartless.
MUSHU: Yeah well --
The sound of Heartless moving can be heard. Linnea and Mushu look ahead to see Dumbo on the ground with a group of Heartless dancing around him.
LINNEA: I think she's in trouble!
MUSHU: Oh boy!
LINNEA: We have to save that little girl!
MUSHU(Hesitant): Well of course we do.
Linnea charges towards the Heartless as Mushu hangs as his head.
MUSHU: What'd I get myself into?
Player Goal: Save Dumbo
Linnea walks towards Dumbo.
LINNEA: Are you okay?
Dumbo begins to wake up. Mushu walks up to Dumbo.
MUSHU: Well she might not be strong, but that girl has some pretty eyes. Heh. She's kinda cute.
MUSHU(Baby voice): Ah. Look at that little hat. And her little baby face. And her big ears... and her... ears?
Dumbo stretches his ears and runs forward, knocking Mushu to the ground, and charges outside the circus.
MUSHU: Precious! Come back!
LINNEA: Precious?
Mushu gets up and wipes himself.
MUSHU: Yeah. I had a name for her and everything.
LINNEA: Should we go after her?
MUSHU: Of course! Precious needs me!
As Mushu begins to walk to the entrance a Heartless picks him up flies through the air. The Heartless takes Mushu away.
LINNEA: Mushu!
Player Goal: Chase after the Heartless
Mushu is dangling from a wire alongside Tim.
MUSHU: I wanna live!
TIM: Would you quit screaming!
A Heartless flies past Tim, and he begins screaming.
TIM: Help!
Mushu looks down and sees Linnea.
MUSHU: Linnea!
Mushu drops down.
MUSHU: Catch me!
LINNEA: Huh?
Linnea catches Mushu. Linnea and Mushu look like they are hugging. Mushu slowly lifts his head.
MUSHU: You know I feel like we're really bonding.
Linnea nods her head. Mushu jumps down. Mushu begins to walk away.
MUSHU: Alright. That's enough fun for now. It's time to get back to finding Precious.
TIM: Aren't you going to help me down from here?
Mushu extends his arms.
MUSHU: I'll catch you.
TIM: You sure?
MUSHU: Trust me.
TIM: Alright.
Tim drops down as Mushu looks away.
MUSHU: Precious?
Tim hits the ground face first. Mushu looks back and see what he's done.
MUSHU: Oops. It was just the wind.
Tim rubs his head.
LINNEA: Hey there. I'm Linnea, and this is Mushu. Who are you?
Timothy stands up straight.
TIM: Timothy Q. Mouse! Proud sponsor of Dumbo, the flying elephant!
MUSHU: You know an elephant with wings? Is he related to my Precious?
TIM: Who?
LINNEA: Precious. She has big ears. A cute face.
MUSHU: And eyes that sparkle like the night sky.
TIM: Dumbo.
MUSHU: What about him?
TIM: That's Dumbo.
MUSHU: He's here?
TIM: No!
MUSHU: Then why'd you bring him up?
LINNEA: Is Precious' name really Dumbo?
MUSHU: Don't be silly girl. My sweet little Precious isn't some flying elephant.
TIM: Dumbo. His name is Dumbo.
Tim turns to Linnea.
TIM: Have you seen him?
LINNEA: Yeah. He seemed real upset.
TIM: Then it's even worse than I thought. Can ya help me find him?
LINNEA: Well... okay.
MUSHU: As long as we look for Precious at the same time.
Tim shakes his head. Linnea laughs.
Player Goal: Find Dumbo
Dumbo is sitting alone as Heartless circle around him.
MUSHU/TIM: PRECIOUS!/DUMBO!
Player Goal: Protect Dumbo
Dumbo continues to sulk even after the Heartless have been defeated. Linnea walks up to him and sits down.
LINNEA: What's wrong?
MUSHU: Precious is just scared.
TIM: Dumbo's ashamed.
Dumbo hangs his head.
TIM: You see... when those monsters showed up... they got Dumbo's mudda. They --
Tim holds back a tear.
TIM: Locked her in a cage. Dumbo couldn't do anything about. He ran to where it was safest. Outside the circus is too dangerous, and the center is filled with even worse monsters. Only the entrance was clear. but I guess... Dumbo must've gave up. Look at the poor guy.
A tear rolls down Dumbo's cheeck. Dumbo looks away.
TIM: It's not his fault, but he's blaming himself. He must've come out here to... to let those things get him. Oh Dumbo.
Dumbo shakes his head and runs off.
Player Goal: Comfort Dumbo
Dumbo is sitting outside the circus entrance. Linnea walks over to him and places her hand on his back.
MUSHU: Oh Precious.
Dumbo doesn't look at Linnea.
LINNEA: It's okay. Everyone gets scared sometimes. You shouldn't be feel bad though. You couldn't have done anything to stop those Heartless. I mean... even I'm kind of scared.
Mushu jumps onto Linnea's shoulder.
MUSHU: But not too scared right?
Linnea looks down.
MUSHU: Right?
Tim hangs his head.
TIM: It's no use Linnea. If only Dumbo could fly again. He could've just gone right past those mean monsters, and stopped them from trapping his mom away.
JIM: An elephant fly?
Jim Crow lands on a nearby tree.
JIM: I've seen a lot of things, but you must outta your mind if you think an elephant can fly?
Mushu walks up to Tim, and puts his arm around his shoulder.
MUSHU: Now hold on a second! The mouse is stupid. Not crazy. I mean he thinks Precious is a boy.
Tim pushes Mushu away from him.
TIM: Would the two of you knock it off. Think about poor little Dumbo --
MUSHU: Precious.
TIM: All alone --
MUSHU: Precious has me.
TIM: With no one to look out for him --
MUSHU: Her.
TIM: Just think about Dumbo's mother. Trapped in by those mean monsters--
JIM: Wait, wait, wait, wait!
Jim flies down and lands next to Tim.
JIM: You said those monsters have his momma trapped in there?
LINNEA: Yeah. I think they're called Heartless. Oswald said that there were Heartless in my world. I guess these are the same things.
TIM: And if we don't something Dumbo's mother is gonna be a Heartless soon!
Dumbo hangs his head.
LINNEA: But how do we save her? Even if Dumbo flying could help --
MUSHU: Precious can't fly.
LINNEA: We still have to figure out a way to get rid of the Heartless.
TIM: But if Dumbo could fly, than maybe he could distract those Heartless and you could save his mother.
LINNEA: Me? I don --
MUSHU: Deal!
LINNEA: Alright then. But how do we get Dumbo to fly? Do you have an idea Mushu? You are a special guardian.
Mushu scratches his head. Jim Crow pulls out one of his feathers. Jim whispers in Tim's ear. Jim motions at Mushu. Tim nods his head.
TIM: Hey Dumbo!
Dumbo looks at Tim.
TIM: You wouldn't believe it! Look what I found!
Tim shows the magic feather.
TIM: It's magic. If you hold onto this crow feather, than you fly just like Jim. Everyone knows that.
Jim looks at Mushu.
JIM: Right?
MUSHU: Huh? Oh... yeah! Everyone knows that. In fact --
Mushu grabs the feather and jumps onto Dumbo's head.
MUSHU: This isn't any ordinary feather. It's my own special brand of magic feather. Comes with a dragon guardian guarantee.
Dumbo grabs the feather. Dumbo still looks doubtful.
JIM: What? Don't believe it works?
Jim starts flying.
JIM: Then how about a quick flying lesson?
Tim runs off to follow Jim. Dumbo follows. Linnea looks at Mushu.
LINNEA: Aren't you going to fly too?
MUSH: Well I would, but it's been so long that I'm a little rusty.
Mushu starts stretching.
MUSHU: Got to get the magic flowing.
LINNEA: Oh!
Linnea follows Dumbo. Mushu exhales.
MUSHU: This is going to be a tough act.
Player Goal: Find somewhere for Dumbo to practice flying
Jim sits on a tree branch.
JIM: Just flap your ears like wings!
Dumbo looks hesitant.
TIM: Come on Dumbo! Who's a better flying teacher than a bird?
JIM: I heard that!
Dumbo grips his feather. Dumbo begins to flap his ears and starts to float up. Dumbo falls.
JIM: You're getting it! Try getting a running start!
Dumbo looks down.
TIM: Don't give up now Dumbo. You can do it.
Dumbo nods his head. Dumbo gets a running start and flaps his wings. Jim gets out of the way as Dumbo lands on the tree. Jim lands next to Tim.
JIM: All done. I've officially seen everything.
Linnea turns to Jim.
LINNEA: You mean you only did this to see an elephant fly?
JIM: Not entirely. But who wouldn't want a chance to see an elephant fly? It doesn't happen everyday.
Dumbo looks at everyone from atop the tree. Dumbo is smiling as everyone is focused on him. No on notices the group of Heartless forming behind them. Dumbo gasps and flies down to a creek and sucks up water. Dumbo fires a blast of water at the Heartless.
MUSHU: Element of surprise! Element of surprise!
Linnea summons her Keyblade as Dumbo lands next to her.
Player Goal: Fight the Heartless Alongside Dumbo
Linnea turns to Dumbo.
LINNEA: You can fight too? That's incredible! So... how come you didn't fight before?
Dumbo hangs his head.
TIM: Dumbo... did you really go to the Heartless because you were sad?
Dumbo nods his head.
TIM: And I bet letting them get you would mean all the bad feelings would go away.
Dumbo hesitates before nodding his head.
LINNEA: But if you did become a Heartless... than you wouldn't be able to feel good feelings either. At least... I don't think you would. The Heartless don't seem like they can feel anything. So... it felt like the Heartless were calling you?
Dumbo nods his head.
LINNEA: Then that means you're different.
Dumbo looks confused.
LINNEA: From what I've seen... the Heartless normally just attack people. But they were different around you. Maybe the Heartless could tell you had a strong heart, and they knew they only way they could make you a Heartless is if they made you feel like giving up. So in the end... you're probably stronger than all of us.
Dumbo thinks about it then smiles.
JIM: Well if we're done --
Jim begins to fly.
JIM: I'm getting out of here before braveheart makes more of those things show up.
TIM: You coward! You're going to run out on us now?
JIM: I've got a thing or two to do. You do a good job of getting rid of those Heartless. They've got it coming!
Jim flies off. Tim shakes his head.
TIM: Forget about him.
MUSHU: This all nice and all, but we're here to fix the Bridge. So you mind showing us were that is?
TIM: Oh! Well it used to be right outside the circus!
MUSHU: Then let's go! Time to get rid of these Heartless!
Player Goal: Find the location of the Bridge
Tim runs up to where the Bridge used to be.
TIM: Here.
LINNEA: So... it's gone?
MUSHU: But that's not a problem. My girl Linnea can just bring your Bridge right back. Go ahead Linnea.
LINNEA: Um... I don't know how to.
MUSHU: That's funny. But come on -- fix the Bridge.
LINNEA: But I don't know how to fix the Bridge.
TIM/MUSHU: You don't!
LINNEA: Sorry.
Linnea looks at the ground.
LINNEA: Well... you were here when the bridge disappear, right Tim?
TIM: Yeah.
LINNEA: Maybe if you tell me what happened I can figure out how to fix it?
TIM: It's worth a try. Well... there was a bright light. It came straight from the Bridge and shot into the circus. Well it didn't come from the Bridge. It sort of appeared. It's like it was always there. Like it was connected to something.
MUSHU: So whatever we're looking for is in that circus? The circus with the bigger Heartless? That circus?
LINNEA: I thought you said the Heartless inside the circus were half pints.
MUSHU: They are! They are. They're just really big half pints.
TIM: The deeper into the circus we go, the bigger the Heartless are. They must be after something inside.
Linnea looks down. Mushu looks down then thinks for a moment.
MUSHU: Alright! Test time is over! That's right. It was a test. I told you the little ones were in there, because I knew you wouldn't go in if you knew that's where the real Heartless were. All part of my plan. Now come on! Hero's can't run!
Mushu jumps onto Linnea's shoulder.
MUSHU: Let's get some Heartless!
Linnea hesitates.
LINNEA: Alright. But Dumbo...
Dumbo looks up.
LINNEA: Will you... come with me? We can go together.
Dumbo nods his head.
LINNEA: Yeah. Together. Because we don't have to be afraid... if we're together.
They all head towards the circus.
Player Goal: Enter the circus
Linnea walks into the circus.
LINNEA: So where's Dumbo's mom? Are the Heartless holding her nearby?
Dumbo points at a blocked off path.
TIM: Those Heartless things really made a mess out of this place. We're going to have to walk around all of this to get to Dumbo's mom.
MUSHU: The let's go! We don't have all day!
Mushu turns to Linnea.
MUSHU: You've got photo shoots to get to, ribbons to cut, babies to kiss, and all that stuff. I'm gonna make you the full hero package, and that means getting out of creepy places like this.
LINNEA: But isn't a hero supposed to help people?
MUSHU: Nah! It's all about the image.
Mushu, Tim, and Dumbo all walk forward.
Player Goal: Find Dumbo's mother
Linnea and the group walk into a magic room. Dumbo touches a saw that turns out to be made of rubber. Tim knocks over a pail of water. Mushu picks up a deck of cards. Linnea turns around when she hears Heartless appearing. Dumbo, Tim, and Mushu are all trapped inside of a magic box. Linnea is trapped. A Heartless mini-boss appears. (Ringleader Heartless?)
Dumbo is trapped inside of a box with a saw about to cut him in half, Tim is grabbed by a rope and dangles over a tank of water, and the deck of playing cards begin to fly and bring Mushu along with them.
MUSHU: GET ME DOWN FROM HERE!
LINNEA: Mushu!
The Heartless surround Linnea.
TIM: THE HEARTLESS! GET RID OF THEM!
Player Goal: Fight the waves of Heartless
Linnea breaks down as the endless waves of Heartless close in on her. Mushu begins to take control of the flying cards.
MUSHU: Alright! Mushu to the rescue!
Mushu changes the direction of the card he is on, and aims it at the rope holding Tim. Mushu gets closer to Tim's rope as Mushu tries to makes sure the cards cut through the rope.
MUSHU: Come on! Come on!
Mushu jumps off of the card and grabs Tim. Together they swing back and then forward at the exact moment the rope is cut. Mushu and Tim land on top of Dumbo's box.
TIM: Dumbo!
Tim and Mushu take the locks off of Dumbo's box. Dumbo kicks the saw away from him. Linnea sits in a corner, and covers he eyes with one hand while blindly swinging her Keyblade with the other.
LINNEA: Stay away!
Dumbo flies towards the Heartless with Mushu and Tim riding on his back. Dumbo attacks the Heartless and lands next to Linnea. Linnea opens her eyes.
LINNEA: Dumbo?
MUSHU: Come on Linnea! We could really use that key of yours!
Linnea takes her place next to Dumbo.
Player Goal: Defeat the Heartless
Linnea turns to Dumbo.
LINNEA: Hey Dumbo... about what I said earlier... well... maybe you shouldn't take my advice if I can't even follow it.
Dumbo puts his trunk on Linnea's shoulder.
TIM: Don't feel that way. There's nothing wrong with needing help every once and a while.
MUSHU: Besides... as long as you've got your dragon guardian on your side then you don't have to be afraid of anything.
Mushu folds his arms and smiles smugly.
LINNEA: You're right. When I needed help... my guardian came to save me. Thanks Mushu.
Linnea nods her head and walks away with Dumbo and Tim.
MUSHU: 'Thanks Mushu'. That's why I'm a dragon guardian.
Mushu opens his eyes.
MUSHU: Hey! I am a dragon guardian!
Mushu looks at Linnea.
MUSHU: Hold on! Dragon guardian Mushu is coming!
Player Goal: Explore the circus
Linnea enters a room with an assortment of bottles.
TIM: I wonder why there's an entire room filled with bottles of water?
Mushu opens one of the bottles and sniffs it.
MUSHU: Egggh! This isn't water. This is cider.
LINNEA: My dad used to have a whole cellar filled with cider!
Linnea lowers her head.
LINNEA: I remember, because every year our village would go out to the forest to pick apples. It was the only time we'd be allowed outside the walls. Even then... we didn't go far, and there were guards everywhere.
A group of Heartless appear, no one notices, and Mushu tosses the bottle on them.
MUSHU: Well this cider has been locked up tight for way too long. That's when it starts to taste all nasty.
Dumbo turns around and sees the Heartless. The Heartless are shaking the cider off of them when they see Dumbo. The Heartless begin convulsing and stretching until they become Pink Elephant Heartless. Everyone notices. Dumbo is entranced by the Pink Elephants. The Pink Elephants dance as they run away.
LINNEA: Were those... helffalumps? And woozles?
Player Goal: Continue to explore the circus
Linnea walks towards a new section of the circus when the Pink Elephant Heartless begin dancing around the group. Dumbo cowers as they get close.
TIM: Don't worry Dumbo! We've got Linnea to take care of those mean old Heartless.
The Pink Elephant Heartless begin to tease Dumbo. One of them grabs its ears and does an impersonation of Dumbo.
TIM: Stop it! Stop it! Leave Dumbo alone!
Dumbo sinks his head as the Pink Elephants continue their dance. Linnea notices that the Pink Elephants are shrouded in darkness as they dance.
LINNEA: Dumbo! Don't let them get to you! They're trying to get your guard down!
The Pink Elephants continue to dance and mock Dumbo.
TIM: Come on Dumbo! None of that stuff is true! Don't let their lies bring you down.
One of the Pink Elephants takes on the shape of Dumbo's mother and begins to pretend like its in a cage. The other Pink Elephants laugh. Suddenly Dumbo's expression changes.
Dumbo blasts the Heartless with water, and they all scramble to get away.
LINNEA: You did it!
Linnea leans down to Dumbo.
LINNEA: See? Even when you doubt yourself... you can't just give up. And this time... you got rid of those Heartless on your own. I'm not sure what they were doing, but if you thought giving into darkness will take away all your doubt and fear... well... maybe that's a little true. I mean... the darkness can't be afraid of itself. Still... you proved that you don't have to give up...
Linnea stands up.
LINNEA: You can find your own strength.
Mushu smiles.
MUSHU: Alright... alright. Enough of this gooshy feeling stuff.
Mushu begins to walk forward with the others. Linnea stays behind. Linnea notices some Heartless are staring at her.
LINNEA (quietly): I'm not afraid.
Linnea joins the others.
Player Goal: Find Dumbo's mother.
Linnea walks into the center of the circus.
LINNEA: So is this it? Dumbo's mother... is in here?
TIM: Well... she was. This place is a mess though. If the Heartless took her somewhere else... we wouldn't be able to find any clues down here.
Mushu looks up at the burning building set up, the one Dumbo jumps off in the film's climax, and points at it.
MUSHU: Maybe she's up there?
Tim looks at Linnea.
TIM: Can you go up there with Dumbo, and check it out?
LINNEA: Alright. Mushu, can you stay down here to check things out with Tim?
MUSHU: Alright, but be careful up there.
Linnea nods her head. Linnea hops onto Dumbo's back.
LINNEA: Come on Dumbo. Let's try to get a better look from up there. Mushu and Tim are going to stay here.
Dumbo nods his head then takes flight.
Dumob lands on the top of the fake building. Linnea gets off, and starts looking around.
LINNEA: I don't understand. Where could the Heartless be hiding her?
Linnea walks away from Dumbo as a Pink Elephant Heartless appears. Neither Linnea or Dumbo see the Pink Elephant Heartless. The Pink Elephant Heartless sneaks up behind Dumbo, and pokes him on the shoulder. Dumbo slowly turns around, and jumps back when he sees the Heartless. Dumbo drops his feather. Linnea hears Dumbo's scream, and makes a sharp turn.
LINNEA: Wha --
Linnea turned too quickly, and falls over the edge of the building. Linnea grabs the edge of the building just in time. The Pink Elephant Heartless laughs then disappears. Mushu and Tim look up to see Linnea dangling from the building.
MUSHU: Linnea!
Linnea closes her eyes shut then slowly looks at the ground. Linnea's eyes open wide when she sees how far up she is, and she lets go out of shock. Timothy gasps while Dumbo run up to the edge, but does not fly down.
TIM: You've gotta fly Dumbo!
Dumbo shakes his head.
TIM: What? Why not? Oh no -- the feather! Dumbo forget about the feather! Linnea needs you! you've gotta fly Dumbo! You've gotta believe in yourself like she believed in you!
Dumbo closes his eyes shut then jumps off of the building and goes into a nose dive. Linnea screams as she gets closer to the ground. Dumbo scoops her up with his trunk and makes a sharp turn up. As Dumbo flies through the circus, Heartless begin to appear and mock him. Dumbo lands and lets Linnea down. The Heartless surround them, and begin to dance in a circle. Linnea breathes heavily. Dumbo looks worried. Linnea places her hand on his trunk.
LINNEA: It's alright. I'm... okay. Thank you Dumbo.
MUSHU: A little early for "thank you"s.
TIM: What are they doing now?
Linnea, and Dumbo take their fighting stances.
LINNEA: What ever it is... we'll take it on. Together! We're a team!
Mushu jumps onto Linnea's shoulder.
MUSHU: That's right. So throw the biggest, meanest, ugliest Heartless you've got at us!
The Heartless begin to spin faster, and faster as a vortex of darkness is formed. A massive Pink Elephant Heartless emerges from the vortex.
MUSHU: Alright... throw the second biggest, meanest, ugliest Heartless you've got.
The Heartless boss charges at Linnea.
Player Goal: Defeat the Pink Elephant boss.
The Pink Elephant boss fades back to darkness. Linnea's Keyblade lights up, and the Keyhole appears on the fake burning building. Linnea fires a beam of light towards the Keyhole. The darkness fades away, and the cage containing Dumbo's mother is revealed. Dumbo jumps in joy when he see his mother. The cage disappears, and Dumbo's mother emerges.
TIMOTHY: We did it! Dumbo's back with his mother!
LINNEA: So I guess... everything's back to normal.
MUSHU: Not yet!
LINNEA: Huh?
MUSHU: How do we know if that fixed the Bridge?
LINNEA: I'm not sure.
Linnea turns around and spots a Heartless.
LINNEA: Huh?
Linnea runs after the Heartless. Dumbo, Mushu, and Tim follow.
Linnea walks out of the circus and looks around.
LINNEA: So is everything back to normal? Then why are the Heartless still around?
MUSHU: Heck if I know. Point is you saved the day. And now you're one step closer to being a hero. And that means I'm one step closer to being the dragon who made you a hero.
Linnea nods her. Jim lands on top of Dumbo's head.
LINNEA: Hey! It's that bird again!
JIM: So I'm guessing you ditched the feather?
Dumbo sadly nods his head.
TIM: Of course he got rid of the feather! Dumbo never needed it! He could always fly!
Mushu walks up behind Tim.
MUSHU: But didn't you say the feather was a good idea?
TIM: What? I didn't -- You're the one who said it came with a dragon guarantee!
MUSHU: Me?
Linnea laughs. Mushu jumps back on Linnea's shoulder.
MUSHU: They're just jealous of my dragon guardianess.
LINNEA: Well... as long as we're all friends... maybe I can see you guys in Legacy City some time?
TIM: Deal! And you know what -- the festival is coming around soon! I bet a flying elephant would be great for that! We could start our own show!
LINNEA: Festival?
Linnea shrugs. Linnea bends down to Dumbo.
LINNEA: Well.... I guess you need to promise you'll come visit me.
Linnea extends her hand. Dumbo smiles and extends his trunk. Linnea and Dumbo shake on it.
Ciel arrives in the middle of Metroville.
Ciel: Cool, this world is a city, too. Wonder what it’s like here.
She hears people screaming, and turns her head to see people screaming and running away from a building. Heartless are seen entering it.
Ciel: Already?
She draws her keyblade and runs towards the building
Ciel finds the source of the screaming is a building. She can see a Heartless through a broken window.
Ciel: I just enter a world and a building becomes infested in Heartless. It’s like everywhere I go something bad happens.
Ciel enters the building and fights off a wave of Heartless. She walks up the stairs and sees Mr. Incredible (red suit) holding off Heartless. Ciel runs up to him.
Mr. Incredible: Wha-what are you still doing here?! Get out like everyone else!
Ciel puts herself into a battle stance. Mr. Incredible notices her Keyblade.
Ciel: Sorry, but I’m not going anywhere.
Heartless battle begins with Mr. Incredible as Ciel’s teammate.
They finish off the Heartless.
Mr. Incredible: Looks like that’s all of them. You may be a young but you fight as good as an adult super. I’m impressed, though shocked that your parents would allow you to fight like that. I wouldn’t even let my daughter Violet do that!
Ciel: Parents? Um…what do you mean by super?
Mr. Incredible: I take it you’re not from around here. Supers, as in superheroes. You may know me as Mr. Incredible. Recently voted best superhero. From the way you fought and your weapon there, I would have thought you were a super. What’s your name?
Ciel: I didn’t know I was in the presence of “the best” superhero. And if you say I am, then I guess I really am a superhero (smirking). My name’s Ciel.
Mr. Incredible: Shhh! You’re not supposed to reveal your identity! I really need to take you to see Edna.
More Heartless appear. Ciel and Mr. Incredible put themselves in battle stances.
Ciel: Hold that thought.
5 small robots with an S on them fly through the window and begin attacking the Heartless.
Mr. Incedible: –gasps- Syndrome!
Ciel: Who?
Mr. Incredible: That must mean…the police!
Mr. Incredible grabs Ciel and jumps out the window. They land in a side alley. He motions Ciel to follow him while staying quiet.
Ciel and Mr. Incredible arrive in a street, away from the police.
Ciel: Alright, you’ve got some explaining to you. If you were voted “best superhero” then why would you run from the police? And what was with those robots?
Mr. Incredible: Well, I may have exaggerated about being voted best superhero. The truth is, the city hates superheroes. Back in the day I was one of the best superheroes, but a couple missteps and the city decides that superheroes were more of a nuisance than a help. When the Heartless arrived, I got excited because I thought it would mean I would be needed again.
Ciel: Isn’t that a little bit selfish? Thinking of danger as a chance to prove yourself? Reminds me of some jerk I know.
Mr. Incredible: But it was with the best intentions! I thought that if the city saw how useful Supers were, that they would rethink their ban.
Ciel: I suppose so…but what about those robots?
Mr. incredible: A man by the name of Syndrome created them. All those little robots do is make supers unnecessary. The city prefers them over supers because of how effective they are. As a result, the city praises Syndrome like a hero. I don’t see what’s so special about him, he doesn’t even have powers. I jut want to have the glory days back.
Ciel: Sorry, but I can’t make that happen. Since we’re confessing things, I’m not really a super. All I have is this Keyblade. And you said it yourself, Syndrome doesn’t have powers so he isn’t a superhero. By those standards, neither am I.
Mr. Incredible: But you have good intentions. I have a feeling Syndrome doesn’t. Something about him bothers me, but I can’t put my finger on it.
Ciel: Well personally, I feel that what’s going on in this city is unfair. I’d love to do anything to help you. Think of me as your sidekick.
Mr. Incredible: Usually I go alone, but at this point I’m desperate. Okay, you can help me. First and foremost though, we need to give you a superhero identity. Your secret identity can’t be your only identity here, it’s dangerous.
Ciel: Where do we go for that?
Mr. Incredible: An old friend of mine, Edna. Follow me.
Ciel and Mr. Incredible arrive at Edna’s Mansion. They walk up to the gate where he presses a button.
Voice (Edna): Who’s there?
Mr. incredible: It’s me, bob. I have a friend who needs to see you.
Voice: Oh she must be one of your daughter’s friends. Come in, come in!
A beep is heard and the gates opes. Ciel and Mr. incredible begin walking towards the house.
Ciel: Bob?
Mr. Incredible (smirking): Everyone has a secret identity, Ciel.
Ciel: Personally I like Bob more than Mr. Incredible.
Mr. Incredible. Well don’t call me that in public, wouldn’t want the wrong person to hear. Anyways, when we get inside we’ll ask for her to make you a superhero costume. Can’t fight crime without it. After that we can work on your super identity.
Ciel: Costume? Well I have always wanted a cape-
Mr. Incredible: DON’T ASK FOR A CAPE!
Ciel:…okay… didn’t know it was so bad.
Mr. incredible: She has something against them, saying they’re dangerous.
They enter the house and she opens the door.
Edna: Darling, it’s so good to see you! And um…who is this?
She walks inside as Ciel and Mr. Incredible follow.
Ciel: Hi, I’m Ciel. I heard you could make me a superhero costume.
Edna: Not just any costume, but the best costume. Though I do need to know your power first. What is it, super strength?
Ciel: No, I have-
Edna: Flight?
Ciel: No, It’s jut that I-
Edna: Laser vision?
Mr. Incredible: Edna, she’s trying to tell you that she-
Ciel: I don’t have a –
Edna: My you’re keeping me in suspense, Darling. What is it?
Ciel: I can-
Edna: On second thought don’t tell me. I want it to be a surprise. To make your costume I need to see how you fight. Follow me, I have some training robots.
Ciel looks confused at Mr. Incredible, who just shrugs it off.
Ciel fights the training robots. They look like Syndrome’s robots, without the S. When she’s done Edna and Mr. Incredible walk in, with Edna applauding Ciel.
Edna: Bravo, bravo darling! That was magnificent! You may not be a super, but with that weapon you definitely have the power to fight alongside one.
Ciel: Oh, thank you. I’m flattered that you-
Edna: I have the perfect idea for your suit! I will be right back!
Ciel: Thought I was a good fighter…
Mr. Incredible: That’s Edna, when she has an idea she wastes no time.
Ciel: Well how long will it take for her to finish my-
Edna walks in with a suit in her arms.
Edna: Finished!
Ciel: Wow that was fast.
Mr. Incredible: I like to think of it as an unspoken super power.
Ciel puts on the suit in a bathroom and comes out. It’s blue with a gold heart on the front. It was a small white cape that goes down to her waist.
Edna: I know I usually say no capes darling, but for you I’ll make an exception.
Ciel looks at Mr. Incredible
Ciel: Don’t ask for a cape, huh?
Mr. Incredible: Why couldn’t I get a cape?
Edna: Maybe if you lost some weight you could pull it off. It hurts to be beautiful, fashion before safety.
Ciel: Thank you so much Edna. I may be dressed like a superhero, but I still don’t feel like one.
Edna: Well we can change that dear. Shoo! Go fight crime! That’ll make you feel like a superhero! And if anyone asks for where you got your costume don’t forget to mention me!
Ciel and Mr. Incredible walk out towards the city.
Ciel: So what now, we go fight crime?
Mr. incredible: In a little. I think first you should meet my family. Dinner time should be right about now…
Ciel and Mr. Incredible are outside his house. Faint voices of the family talking can be heard. They beign walking to the front door.
Ciel: So this is where you live? Quaint.
Mr. Incredible: It's a nice place to raise a family. I wouldn't expect you to know about that at your age, but you will when you get as old as me.
He opens the door.
Mr. Incredible: Honey, I'm home! And I have a guest over.
Elastigirl walks out of the kitchen and is looking at an envelope, walking towards Mr. Incredible.
Elastigirl: Oh Bob, good you're home. I got a call from the hospital and we need to renew-why is a super about the same age as Violet with you? And why are you wearing your super suit?
Violet and Dash are watching TV and look back at their dad, and notice Ciel.
Ciel: Oh, where are my manners? Hi, I'm Ciel.
Dash runs over ot them and grabs Ciel's hand. Violet slowly walks towards them.
Dash: Why, hello there...(strokin his hair back), the name's Dash. So you from around here?
Violet: Cool it Dash. Um...hi...I'm Violet. (She says waving awkwardly).
Elastigirl: Bob you never answered my question. Why did you bring a super over? Are her parents even okay with it?
Ciel: Oh, I came here from Legacy City. I met Mr. Incredible fighting Heartless in a building.
Mr. Incredible: Shhh! (trying to stop Ciel from saying anything more).
Elastigirl: You were fighting crime again?! What did I tell you?!
Dash (up next to Ciel): So, what's your power? I can run fast. You like that?
Mr. Incredible: Look, I'll explain everything in a moment. Can we talk about it over the dinner table?
Elastigirl: Sure, dinner is ready anyways. Violet please show Ciel to the table.
Violet: Sure (grabbing Ciel's hand) this way.
TV Announcer: We're here with Syndrome, hero of the day who saved numerous people from a Heartless attack.
Everyone in the family stops dead in their tracks and slowly walks towards the television, watching the news. Ciel walks behind everyone else.
Voice; Thank you for everything Syndrome, without you this city would be devastated.
Syndrome (voice): Why thank you Mayor, it was nothing. It's hard being the only super in the city who cares about other people. But as long as there are Heartless running around I'll be here to help.
The TV shuts off. Ciel sees Mr. Increidble's expressions and notices he's angry.
Elastigirl: Bob, I know that you probably saved that building, but you have to get over this. Syndrome is the city's main hero now, and there's nothing you can do about it.
Mr. Incredible: Let's just go have dinner.
Ciel notices that the entire family, not just Mr. Incredible, is mad at Syndrome being thanked by the mayor for what their dad/husband did. Even Elastigirl. They all silently walk over to the dinner table and begin eating.
Mr. Incredible: It just doesn't make sense. Why do they force the rest of us into hiding and let Syndrome save everyone?!
Elastigirl: It doesn't matter Bob. What matters is that people get saved.
Violet: So, Ciel, what's your power?
Ciel: Well, I don't have a superpower, but I do have this.
She summons her Keyblade and holds it out for all to see.
Elastigirl: Well don't worry about it. How much of a superhero you are isn't measured by the impact of your power, but the impact of your heart.
Ciel: Thank you.
Ciel notices a Syndrome Robot from out the window.
Ciel: Um, can you all excuse me for a moment, I'll be right back.
Ciel excuses herself and walks out.
Ciel: Something about Syndrome isn't right. I just know he's evil. Now to actually prove it. Hopefully I'll stumble across the the Bridge while looking for some evidence.
The players objective is to find proof of Syndrome's intentions . Basically walk across the streets fighting Heartless until you come across an area where the next scene occurs.
Ciel notices a Syndrome robot and Heartless behind it. The robot isn't fighting the Heartless, btu rather guiding it.
Objective: Follow the robot without being seen! This would be like those minigames in Days where you have to sneak by people without being seen.
Ciel ends up in an alleyway where the robot disappears. She sees a door and walks through it. She is now in Syndrome's high-tech lab. There are Heartless and robots everywhere.
Objective: Investigate.
Ciel eventually gets to an area with two small shuttles, and a map with schematics. Ciel reads it.
Ciel: No...man...is...an...island?
Mr. Incredible appears behind Ciel and walks up next to her.
Mr. Incredible: Nomanisan Island. Probably where Syndrome's base is.
Ciel: What, when did you get here?
Mr. Incredible: I followed you after you excused yourself. I saw a look in your eye that told me you had something on your mind.
Ciel: Smart. From the looks of this map these shuttles lead directly to Nomanisan Island. If these robots aren't destroying the Heartless, even in this lab, then something must be up.
Mr. Incredible: Well it looks like we're going on a road trip. Let's get to one of those shuttles and get going.
Ciel: Shouldn't you tell your family? I'm sure they'd love to come.
Mr. Incredible: The last thing I want is my family in danger. You can defend yourself well in battle.
Ciel: And they can't?
Mr. Incredible: I'm just worried is all. Let's get going.
There would be a shutttle flying minigame to get to the island.
Ciel and Mr. Incredible land the shuttle and are walking through the jungle. It's infested with robots and Heartless. They arrive in a clearing with broken trees, and other signs of a fight.
Mr. Incredible: This is odd.
Ciel: Trees don't usually fall on their own. Something happened here.
Mr. Incredible: Probably a fight.
Ciel: And a big one at that.
Mr. Incredible: Only supers could cause this much damage during a fight.
Ciel: Did they fight each other?
Mr. Incredible: No, they must have been fighting something else. Something big.
Ciel: Let's keep moving, we might find something.
Ciel and Mr. Incredilbe arrive at a metal box connected into the mountain. There's a door that's closed. Ciel tries opening it.
Ciel: It's locked. It obviously leads to somewhere important.
Mr. Incredible tears the door open by force.
Ciel: Good move.
Mr. Incredible: Let's go.
Ciel and Mr. Incredible arrive at another lab. Heartless and robots are walking about.
Mr. Incredible: Is it just me, or is it odd that there are no human guards in here. Just robots and Heartless.
Ciel: Not just in here, but also outside in the jungle. And the robots aren't even killing Heartless, like Syndrome wants them alive.
Mr. Incredible: They're fighting with the Heartless.
Ciel: I have a feeling Syndrome is behind all of this.
Mr. Incredible: I think so t-
Elastigirl (scratchy voice over intenrcom): This is shuttle A113, requesting permission to land. Please respond.
Ciel: That sounds like...
Mr. Incredibly: Helen!
Ciel: It sounds scratchy. I think it's coming from the second shuttle.
Mr. Incredible: They followed me...
Elastigitl: CALL OFF THE SHOOTING, THERE ARE CHILDREN ON BOARD.
Ciel: Shooting?!
Mr. Incredible: Children? Dash! Violet!
Ciel: If Syndrome is doing this has he lost his mind?! And if he knew we were coming why didn't he shoot us?!
Mr. Incredible (on the verge of tears): Because he knew this would hurt me more...I need to speak to her!
Ciel looks around and finds another intercom connected to a headset and a video monitor showing the plane, and rockets coming up on it.
Ciel: Over there!
Mr. Incredible and Ciel run over to it.
Mr. Incredible: Helen! Helen! It's me Bob!
Syndrome's voice over intercom: I'm sorry Elastigirl, but we aren't accepting anymore uninvited guests. Too bad, your kids showed promise. Hahaha!
The video shows rockets about to hit the shuttle when the video feed shuts off, as well as the intercom.
Mr. Incredible: Helen?! Violet?! Dash!!!
Mr. Incredible falls to his knees and puts his head over the monitor. Ciel is behind him on the verge of tears. Syndrome's voice comes over the intercom.
Syndrome: Sorry for your loss Mr. Incredible. Actually I'm not, considering I planned it. If you still have energy I'd love for you to meet me. Just continue on...if you still have it in you!! hahaha.
Ciel (angry and sad): Mr. Incredible, I know it hurts. I know what it's like to lose someone close to you. But we can't let him get away with this. We have to stop him before he does this to more innocent people.
Mr. Incredible gets up. He says nothing but continues walking. Ciel walks behind him.
Ciel and Mr. Incredible fight their way further and arrive at a door. Mr. Incredible breaks his way in and Ciel follows.. They can see Syndrome at the very end of the room sitting down.
Syndrome: About time you got here Mr. Incredible. And who's this with you? The Keybearer?
Ciel: How did you --
Mr. Incredible: You murderer! HOW COULD YOU KILL MY FAMILY?!?!?!
Syndrome: Easily, that's how.*
Mr. Incredible runs up to hurt him but Heartless and Robots drop down for them to fight.
Syndrome: Hahaha, did you really think I'd let you get to me that easily?
Objective: Defeat the robots and Heartless!
(Mr. Incredible is about to hit a robot as Ciel fights on next to him. Syndrome shoots a beam at them and they’re frozen. Ciel’s Keyblade drops to the ground. The Heartless and robots go back to him.)
Syndrome: Whoah, whoah, whoah. Hold it. You’re not actually supposed to do well against them. Well looks like I’ll have to keep you here for the time being.
[A wall behind him separated as two prisons are shown (like the ones in the movie). He moves them to them, and they’re unfrozen. Mr. Incredible tries to break out to no avail. Ciel is struggling.]
Syndrome: Don’t even think about trying to break out. The cuffs are immune to superpowers. The more you struggle the weaker you get.
Ciel: Let us out of here!
Syndrome: And what kind of villain would I be if I did that? Not a very good one I would imagine.
Mr. Incredible: You can’t keep us here forever. And when I do get out I will crush your head with my bare hands!
Syndrome: Oh don’t worry, you’re not going to be here for long. Now the Keybearer on the other hand…
Syndrome walks over to Ciel’s Keyblade and picks it up.
Syndrome: All I needed was this. You’re of no use to me. Welcome to your eternal home!
The Keyblade disappears from his hands.
Syndrome: What, where did it go?!
Ciel: How should I know? I just got it!
Syndrome: Ugh, no matter. I can continue my plan without it.
Mr. Incredible: Just what are you planning?!
Syndrome: Funny you should ask that. I was planning on telling you right now anyways. You may be familiar with those robots of mine. The ones that are supposed to “save the city” from Heartless.
Ciel: If they’re supposed to save the city why are they working with Heartless?
Syndrome: They’re not supposed to save the city from Heartless, but from Supers. I designed the robots to hunt down Supers. But then during an early test run I came across the Heartless. I captured it and learned it wasn’t just any Heartless, but the one that lead all of the rest of the Heartless in the city.
Mr. Incredible: What did you do with it?
(Syndrome smiles. A wall behind Syndrome opened up and out came the Omnidroid.)
Syndrome: I trapped it in this, the omnidroid! With the Heartless trapped I could control it, as well as all of the Heartless that followed it.
Ciel: So then that one Heartless is the source of darkness in this world…
Syndrome: Uh, thanks captain obvious. You should use that as your superhero name, considering you don’t even have one.
Ciel: I’m still thinking! But it doesn’t matter, cause I don’t need a name to defeat that Heartless and set things right!
Syndrome: Smart plan, except that won’t be happening. Mr. Incredible will make sure of that.
Mr. incredible: What do you mean?
Syndrome: Look at you. Your family is dead and your glory is gone. You have nothing left to live for. You’re now the prime suspect to be turned into a Heartless. A Heartless controlling an evil destroying omnidroid. And once you become a Heartless, I’ll unleash you and the omnidroid on the city. It will be I, Syndrome, that will save the city from you.
Ciel: You’ll never get away with this! The Heartless can't be controlled!
Syndrome: Except they already are. Now if you’ll excuse me, I have a plan to execute. Enjoy your prison key bearer. See you soon Mr. incredible…
(Syndrome and his Heartless and robots leave, leaving only Ciel and Mr. Incredible. Ciel struggles to break free while Mr. Incredible does nothing.)
Ciel: Come on, there’s got to be a way out!
Mr. incredible: What’s the point, he’s right. I have nothing left. Sooner or later I’ll become a Heartless. I already failed my family, might as well fail the world. You were right, I should have taken them with me. Then they’d be captured, not dead.
Ciel: Look Mr. Incredible. I know what it’s like to have everything you care about taken from you. I was chased out of my home and had to see a dear friend of mine die, while another was at the brink of death. But I continued, not for me, but because I knew that somehow, I was needed for something, even if I didn’t know it. The past is the past, and it can’t be changed. But you can change for a brighter future. Right now that city needs you. Just because they don’t give you the glory you deserve doesn’t mean that you shouldn’t help them. They’ve forgotten about your help, and they probably don’t want it, but right now they need it.
Mr. Incredible looks up at Ciel.
Mr. Incredible: You know what, you’re right. I may not be needed, but I’m still a superhero, and superheroes are supposed to save all those in need!
Ciel: That’s the spirit!
Mr. Incredible: Let’s break out of here, we have people to save.
(Mr. Incredible struggles to break lose. His cuffs fall and he falls on the ground.)
Ciel: You did it! Now help me break free.
Elastigirl: I think I can take care of that.
(Ciel and Mr. Incredible look and see Elastigirl with Dash and Violet at a control booth. She pushes a button and Ciel is set free. )
Mr. Incredible: Helen! Dash! Violet!
He runs up to his family and they all share a hug. Ciel walks up behind them.
Mr. Incredible: I’m so glad you’re all alive.
Dash: If we didn’t escape a plane crash then how could we call ourselves the Incredibles?
Mr. Incredible: That’s the spirit.
(Ciel summons her Keyblade.)
Ciel: I’m glad you’re alive, and I’m not one to ruin a moment like this, but there’s a city in danger and we should get going.
Mr. Incredible: That’s right, let’s go.
(They run out of the room and arrive at a corridor filled with Heartless and robots. A battle commences.)
(Ciel and the Incredibles finished defeating the Heartless.)
Mr. Incredible: We have to get to the city before Syndrome’s reckless desire to be loved as a hero destroys our world.
Elastigirl: We can’t get off the island because our shuttle was shot down.
Ciel: There’s still the shuttle that we took here.
Violet: Did you happen to land it on the beach?
Ciel: Yeah…
Violet: The only thing we saw on the beach was a big smoldering piece of scrap metal being destroyed by the robots.
Ciel: Yup, that’s our shuttle, or was.
Mr. Incredible: Then we’re trapped.
Ciel: There’s got to be another shuttle here. There were two back at Syndrome’s lab. If he took one to get to the city there’s probably one here. Dash can you go see if you can find one?
Dash: Anything for you hot stuff.
(Ciel rolls her eyes as Dash runs through the hallway. He comes back behind them all in less than 5 seconds.)
Dash: I saw three large doors that looked big enough to keep some shuttles.
Elastigirl: Let’s go.
(Ciel and the Incredibles arrive at a door. He tries opening it but can’t.)
Mr. Incredible: I can’t open it. It must be built like the cuffs, superpower proof. I feel weaker even touching it.
Elastigirl: If it’s locked and we can’t use our powers then how do we open it?
(Ciel’s keyblade materialized in her hand. Ciel instinctively raises the Keyblade to the door. A beam is fired and the door is unlocked.)
Mr. incredible: Told you, even without a superpower you’re still a superhero.
Ciel: Thanks. But it’s odd, I didn’t summon the Keyblade. Almost as if it has a mind of its own…
Violet: I can see a shuttle in there.
Mr. Incredible: Then there’s no time to waste, let’s go!
(There is another shuttle minigame, going back to the city. The Incredibles circle around the city and see the omnidroid attacking the city. They land the ship and run out.)
Mr. Incredible: He’s probably expecting me to be a Heartless. You guys go to safety, I’ll stay here and fight. You go with them Ciel.
Ciel: No I’m staying.
Mr. Incredible: it’s too dangerous. I never should have let you come.
Elastigirl: Bob you need to accept help. You wanted to fight Syndrome alone to relive your glory days but they aren’t coming. You could get seriously injured doing this.
Mr. incredible: Better me than you guys.
(Mr. Incredible runs off alone to fight the omnidroid, leaving Ciel and his family behind.)
Elastigirl: Violet, Dash, stay put while I go help your father.
Dash: No!
Violet: We want to help!
Elastigirl: Your father doesn’t want your help and neither do I. We want you safe. Ciel, stay here with-
(Elastigirl turns to see that Ciel ran off while she was talking to go help Mr. Incredible.)
(Syndrome is underneath the Omnidroid enjoying the destruction. He turns his head and sees Mr. Incredible running towards him. Syndrome is clearly shocked.)
Syndrome: What?! You’re supposed to be a Heartless!
Mr. incredible: Guess again Syndrome! A true hero never leaves his city in danger.
(Ciel runs up next to Mr. Incredible and goes into a battle pose.)
Ciel: And a true sidekick never leaves his hero in danger.
Mr. Incredible: Ciel, go back now!
Ciel: Too bad, I’m going to fight no matter what. After all, there's no need to fear, Heart Girl is here!
(Mr. Incredible smiles a little)
Mr. Incredible: Gonna need a cooler name than that, kid.
Ciel: It was on short notice.
Syndrome: No matter, my Omnidroid will destroy you, whether or not you’re a Heartless!
(Syndrome boss battle begins. You need to attack him while the Omnidroid attacks you. The Omnidroid is invincible, ala Genie-Jafar fight in KH1.)
(After defeating the Omnidroid,Syndrome is pushing buttons on his remote, but he fumbles and It falls. Ciel picks it up.)
Ciel: Wasn’t he using this remote throughout the battle?
Mr. Incredible: That must control the Omnidroid! Shut it off!
(Ciel keeps pushing buttons but nothing is working.)
Ciel: I’m trying but nothing is working!
(A black aura surrounds the Omnidroid. It shifts into a black, Heartless version if itself and begins going crazy.)
Syndrome: What are you doing?! I didn’t tell you to do this!
Mr. Incredible: What’s going on?
Ciel: It’s like I told Syndrome, the Omnidroid couldn’t control the Heartless and now it’s taken over the Omnidroid.
(The Omnidroid grabs Syndrome’s cape in it’s rage.)
Syndrome: Let go of me! You can’t do this to me, I am your master!
(The Omnidroid throws Syndrome away from sight. It rushes towards Ciel and Mr. Incredible and attacks them.)
Ciel: What do we do?
Mr. Incredible: Defend yourself!
(Mr. Incredible holds his arms in front of him and Ciel holds out her Keyblade, preparing for the worst. Right as the Omnidroid attacks them a forcefield is seen and it draws his arm back. Violet, Dash, and Elastigirl come to their aid.)
Elastigirl: Told you this wasn’t possible to do alone!
Mr. incredible: Get out of here! I can do the rest by myself. Ciel, go with them. You fighting Syndrome did nothing but put you in harms way. You guys following me nearly got you killed.
Ciel: I already told you I’m fighting.
Dash: And we’re not leaving!
Mr. incredible: But I told you that-
(Mr. Incredible is cut off as the Heartless Omnidroid attacks him again, but Ciel blocks the attack, placing herself in front of him.)
Ciel: You’re gonna have to get through me!
(The Omnidroid boss battle phase 1 begins. )
(Mr. incredible holds back the Omnidroid and pushes it back, stunning it. )
Mr. Incredible: Get out now, you’re in danger!
Elastigirl: You still don’t see it, do you Bob! This isn’t about guilt! It’s about your pride! Your pride is harming this family more than the Omnidroid! You need to accept that the glory days are over and aren’t coming back!
(The Omnidroid attacks out of nowhere and Ciel, Elastigirl, Violet, and Dash all yell. Mr. Incredible grabs it’s claw and throws it back, making the Omnidroid do a full 360 degree spin.)
Mr. Incredible: You’re right. I lost sight of what superheroes really do and became like Syndrome. I’m supposed to save people, not be wanted!
Ciel: It’s time to defeat this thing once and for all!
Mr. Incredible: Defeat it as a team!
(Omnidroid Phase 2 begins.)
The Omnidroid falls down into a ocean.
Violet: We did it!
Ciel: But Syndrome got away.
Mr. Incredible: It doesn’t matter .The world knows him for who he truly is. He can’t do anything more now.
Dash: Hey, do you her something?
They turn around and see people running towards them, chanting their names.
People: Incredibles! Incredibles!
Ciel turns to Mr. Incredible.
Ciel: The bad guy was defeated, you’ve accepted your families help, and looks like the glory days are making a return after all.
Mr. incredible: It’s a true happy ending. Thanks for your help, Heart Girl.
Ciel: Any time. Hm?
Ciel turns around to see the coastline. She sees that Nomanisan Island isn’t there. Her Keyblade summons itself as a Keyhole reveals itself. She shoots a beam into it as the Incredibles watch. The Bridge to Legacy City reappears.
Ciel: And that would be my Bridge back to Legacy City. I believe I should be getting back.
Mr. Incredible: Ciel, thanks for everything. You’ve helped in more ways than you can imagine.
CIel: Don’t mention it. Enjoy your life. You have a wonderful family.
(Ciel walks up to Violet and Dash. She hugs Violet who hugs her back.)
Ciel: Take care Violet.
Violet: You too Ciel.
(Ciel leans down and kisses Dash on the cheek.)
Ciel: Thanks for everything Dash.
Dash: Anytime Ciel.
(Dash winks at Ciel as she walks towards Elastigirl.)
Ciel: Thank you for everything. Feel free to come visit Legacy City anytime.
Elastigirl: You know, I think we might just take you up on that offer. After all we need a vacation!
(Ciel walks towards the door, waving goodbye at everyone. She goes back to Legacy City.)
Brand arrives in the middle of the town. He looks around, a calm expression on his face.
BRAND: So this is another world, huh? Doesn’t seem like anything special so far.
Brand looks around and spots a flyer.
BRAND: Hm, what’s this?
He approaches a flyer on a nearby wall
BRAND: Heroic adventure…Defeat fierce monsters…Only the strongest allowed to join… Meet at the local tavern…Sounds like my kind of quest! I’ve gotta find this tavern!
Player Goal: Go to the tavern
Brand opens the doors of the tavern and looks around. He spots Gaston across the room. Gaston has a Captain Morgan pose while a group of men surround him.
GASTON: And once we find this Beast, I shall slay him, save my dear Belle, and all these dreadful black creatures shall be gone!
The men all cheer for Gaston.
BRAND: This must be the place.
Brand approaches Gaston, who is still boasting.
GASTON: Those monsters will not stand a chance! Because no one hits like Gaston, matches wits like Gaston, in a spitting match, no one-
Gaston spits. It nearly hits Brand.
BRAND: Hey!
Gaston snaps his head to Brand.
GASTON: What do you want, boy?
Brand frowns at being called boy
BRAND: You’re the one leading this adventure right? I want in.
Gaston laughs
GASTON: I think not. This is going to be dangerous. Only the strongest of the strong- such as myself- should embark on such a quest. It’s much too dangerous for a boy to handle.
BRAND: What danger? The Heartless? I could take more of them down than you could, old man.
Gaston glares at Brand for a second, then bursts out laughing.
GASTON: You have nerve, kid. I like that. Here’s my offer. Those black creatures. You called them…Heartless, didn’t you? If you can protect this village from them, you can come along with me.
Brand smirks.
BRAND: You’ve got a deal. I’ll be back in a minute.
Brand leaves the tavern. Gaston turns around and starts boasting again.
Player Goal: Search for Heartless
Note: There will be three Heartless Brand must defeat. The first two are in two separate areas. The last one spawn in front of the tavern once Brand returns.
After Brand clears that area, Gaston approaches him from behind.
GASTON: Well, you did better than I expected. What was your name again?
BRAND: It’s Brand. And of course I did well. Gotta say, if this is what you call dangerous, then I might as well go on this adventure on my own….Gastin, right?
GASTON: It’s Gaston. Believe me, the Heartless will be much stronger where we’re going. They shall be no match for me of course…but you may find some difficulty ahead.
BRAND: Hey-
GASTON: Meet me at the outskirts of the village, and I will explain everything. He walks in the direction of the outskirts.
Brand angrily rolls his eyes.
Player Goal: Meet Gaston outside the village.
Once Brand leaves the village, he sees Gaston with three other men.
GASTON: Ah Brand, you made it. Now let me tell you why you’re here. In the castle over there- points to a castle in the distance- lives a cruel, ugly, vicious Beast. Thanks to that monster, we never see an end to these creatures you call Heartless. And because of them, the door to Legacy City is damaged. But worst of all, the Beast has captured the most beautiful woman in the village. Her name is Belle, and she is forced to toil away like a slave in that castle! That Is why we’re going to fight our way up to the castle, sneak in through a secret entrance, rescue Belle, and I shall slay the Beast.
BRAND: Hmm…Sounds like this Beast is a really powerful Heartless. You’d better let me take of it, Gaston. I can-
GASTON: No. The Beast is mine! I will be the one to take his life!
BRAND: …Fine, whatever. But when you realize you need my help, I’ll be close by.
Brand tilts his head towards the castle.
BRAND: Come on, let’s go.
With Gaston leading the way, The player guides Brand and the rest of the group up a mountainside. After making it almost to the top, a large field of thorns stands in their way.
Man 1: Is this the only way up, Gaston?
Gaston: It is if you don’t want to be spotted. But don’t fret. The path is there, we only need to find it.
Brand: Doesn’t look too bad to me. *Draws his keyblade* I can cut through these thorns in no time!
The field of thorns is essentially a labyrinth. A path can be cleared by attacking weaker sections of the thorns. Larger sections can be destroyed by casting Fire on them. They quickly progress through the thorns.
Gaston: I have to admit, you’ve done quite well up to here, Brand.
Brand: *cuts through another vine* Thanks Gaston.
Gaston: Who knows, you may be half as good as I am one day. *Brand grits his teeth* Come, we’re almost at the entrance.
Brand: *After the others go on ahead. * I can’t believe I need his help to save this world. He may be on the right side, but he’s so arrogant! * He sighs and runs after the others.
After traveling a bit farther, they reach the secret entrance. Gaston tries to open the door with all his might, but it doesn’t budge.
Gaston: Blast! After all of this, The Beast is going to escape punishment just by locking his door! Meanwhile more and more Heartless come after us, and Belle remains with that monster. *While he is ranting, Brand is looking at his keyblade thoughtfully.*
Gaston: I will not stand for this! * He punches the door angrily, and a swarm of Heartless suddenly appears, surrounding the group.
Brand: Come on!
Gaston: Get away, you monsters!
After the Heartless are defeated, Brand walks up to the door.
Brand: Let me try something.*He ponts his keyblade at the door, a beam of light shoots out of the tip, and it unlocks* Alright! We’re in!
Gaston: Excellent! Let’s move, men!
*They walk inside, and Brand does a full 360 in place*
Brand: This place is huge!
Gaston: Quite. From here on, we must split up. I’ll go on my own. You three go in another direction. Brand, you’ll be alone as well. Find whatever you can. Belle may not be the only prisoner in the castle. Just remember, the Beast is mine. *He runs off in one direction, the other three men in another* Brand is left to take the third path.
Brand explores on his own for a while until he hears someone else coming around a corner
Brand: Is this the Beast? *He hides around the corner and waits for the figure to appear. *
Brand: Yah! *swings keyblade*
Cogsworth: Aah!
Brand: Huh? *halts* What the heck are you?
Cogsworth: Hmph, I could ask you the same question! Why are you in this castle? By any chance are you with that other man, who saved be from the monsters? Gaston, I believe his name was.
Brand: Yeah, I guess I’m with him. The name’s Brand. Gaston really saved you? Wait- that’s not what’s important. Why are you a talking clock?
Cogsworth: Well, I used to be a human. All the servants did. But one stormy night, a curse was placed upon this castle. The other servants and I became common appliances. But the Master suffered worst of all. He-
Brand: The Beast killed your master and cursed everyone in this castle? That’s awful! Don’t worry, I’ll take care of him for you. The Heartless too. You’ll be uncursed before you know it! *He jumps down another passageway.
Cogsworth: But you see- oh dear. This will not end well. I must find the Master, quickly! He wobbles off in the opposite direction
Brand eventually enters the ballroom, and hears a roar behind him. He turns around and sees the Beast on the upper level.
Beast: What are you doing in my castle? Get out, now!
Brand: Not before I take you down. I’m gonna make you pay for everything you’ve done!
Beast: Then you are a fool for challenging me! *He jumps down to Brand’s level, and the boss fight begins*
*Once the battle ends, both Brand and the Beast look weary. They stare each other down for a moment, until the Beasts collapses on to the floor.*
Brand: heh, That’s right! I don’t think he’s a Heartless though. Weird… Well, if Gaston is gonna take this long, I’m not gonna wait for him. *He slowly approaches the Beast, keyblade in hand*
Belle: Stop! *She runs in front of Brand, preventing him from reaching the Beast. Cogsworth isn’t far behind her* Please, don’t hurt him anymore!
Beast: Belle, stay back! It’s too dangerous here!
Brand: Wait, you’re Belle? Why are you trying to protect this guy? Isn’t he holding you prisoner?
Belle: Not at all. I’m here because I choose to be. I care about the Beast, and I won’t let you hurt him anymore!
Beast: Stop it, Belle. He’s too strong. I won’t see you hurt defending me. *He struggles back onto his feet and takes a fighting stance against Brand
Brand: Hold on a second, this isn’t right. Beast, I thought you were evil. Your talking clock told me you cursed everyone in this castle.
Cogsworth: Well, if you had let me finish! Unfortunately, we seem to have come too late. Master, are you alright?
Brand: He’s your Master? What is going on here?
Cogsworth: As I had been trying to say, we have been cursed, but not by our Master. It was an enchantress. Before the curse, Master was in fact a handsome prince.
Brand: I don’t believe this. I heard a completely different story from the village.
Belle: I know this seems odd. But if you leave it up to your heart, I’m sure you’ll see that we’re telling the truth.
Brand. *Pauses and studies the three of them* The Heartless aren’t here because of you.
Beast: I’ve been fighting them with all my strength.
Brand:…I believe you. Man, Gaston sure had things backwards.
Beast: Gaston is the one who told you those lies?
Belle: He’s been here before. I’ve told him myself that the Beast is not a cruel person, but he refused to listen.
Brand: But then, that means…That jerk tricked me! I should have known he was no good. Oh man, I’m sorry about this, Beast. I’m going to make Gaston pay!
Beast: Both of us will. He has been in my castle for far too long. Cogsworth, do you know where he is?
Cogsworth: Oh, er, well, I may uh, have told him about the rose in your room.
Beast: What? Brand, if you’re going to help, then follow me, now! We have no time to waste!
Brand: Uh, right!
Beast is now a member of the party. He has the ability to smash through barricades that previously stopped Brand’s path. In the West Wing, the two of them encounter Lumiere.
Brand: There's a candlestand servant, too?
Beast: Lumiere, is the rose still in my room
Lumiere: Unfortunately, I cannot say. The last I checked, it was still there, but then so many of the monsters appeared, and well, I had no choice but to run.
Beast: Gaston might have it then!
Brand: What’s the big deal with this rose, Beast?
Beast: I have no time to explain. *He heads over to his room*
Lumiere: You see, when all the petals of tis rose fall off, the castle’s curse will become impossible to break. The master needs it to know how much time he has. And the curse can only be broken when the Master finds love and is loved in return.
Brand: So Gaston is trying to take away the only chance Beast has to be human again?
Lumiere: That is how it would appear.
Beast: Hurry up!
Before the player has Brand enter the Beast’s room, a person’s silhouette is seen approaching the rose.
After crossing the area, they arrive in the Beast’s room. The rose is no longer there.
Beast: No! *He rummages around in the room for a moment, then slams his hand into the wall.* It’s gone.
Brand: Hey, don’t freak out yet, Beast. Gaston can’t have gone far. All we have to do is find him and make him give that rose back.
Beast: Gaston will not leave this castle with my rose! Let’s go Brand. I suspect he’s after Belle now.
Brand: Alright. We’ll stop him, for sure! The clock guy should know she is
The player takes Brand and Beast to a passageway, where Cogsworth is being attacked by Heartless. Brand and Beast take them out.
Cogsworth: Oh, thank you sirs. But you must hurry! I saw Gaston following Belle! I tried to stop him, but all these Heartless appeared and stopped me in my tracks.
Beast: Belle! Where is she?
Cogsworth: I believe she was headed to her room, for safety.
*The Beast nods and runs in that direction*The player takes Brand and Beast to Belle’s room. They hear arguing from outside the door.
Belle: This is the last time I’ll tell you this Gaston. I don’t want to leave!
Beast: Belle’s here! *He furiously knocks the door open, growling*
Gaston: But you have no reason to stay here! How could you stand living with a monster?* He notices the Beast* You!
*The Beast roars and tackles Gaston. They grapple until Gaston sends them both crashing through the window. Brand jumps out after them. They land on the Cliffside, surrounded almost completely by thorns.*
Gaston: Brand, I see you managed to bring the Beast right into my hands. The two of us work quite well together.
Brand: *drawing his keyblade* Guess again.
Gaston.: So that’s how it is. Alright then. Two or two hundred, no one fights like Gaston!
*The boss battle begins with Gaston. He is defeated somewhat easily, and slumps to his knees*
Gaston: No! It’s not supposed to be like this.
Brand: Don’t worry Gaston. Who knows, you may be half as good as I am one day.
Beast: Gaston! Return the rose, and leave this castle!
Gaston: I didn’t steal your precious rose. You are the only thief here, Beast! You stole Belle away from me. She was supposed to be mine, but you took her and kept her in this castle. How could she possibly reject ME for a monster like you? It’s just not natural. Now an animal and a child have nearly bested me. I will not accept this! *Gaston is suddenly surrounded by a dark aura. The form of the Lord of the Hunt Heartless flashes in and out of sight behind him. Three huntsman Heartless appear as well. The second stage of the boss battle begins now*
*After Brand and Beast defeat Gaston and the Heartless, they all disappear, hearts floating into the sky.*
Belle: Beast! Brand! *She climbs down a ladder and runs over to them, hugging the Beast.* I’m so glad you’re alright.
Brand: Yeah, he wasn’t so tough, even with the Heartless helping him. I bet that big one was controlling all the other Heartless around here. Your castle should be safe now, Beast. Wha?
*Brand’s keyblade suddenly starts glowing. A keyhole appears on the side of the castle, and Brand locks it*
Brand: So that’s how that works!
Belle: What just happened?
Brand: I just stopped any more Heartless from reaching this world, and fixed the door to Legacy City. I should head back there now.
Belle: You’re leaving? Well, goodbye then, Brand, and thank you for everything you’ve done.
Brand: heh, you’re welcome. I owed you guys anyway, after I caused so much trouble.
Beast: You were tricked into believing you were doing the right thing. We all make mistakes.
Brand: Well, that mistake won’t be happening again. I’ll decide for myself whats right and whats wrong…What are you gonna do without your rose though, Beast? And what about everyone in the village?
Belle: Oh, I wouldn’t worry too much about that. I’ll go down to the village myself and let everyone know the truth. That’s okay, right? *The beast nods, and Belle smiles.* And I don’t think he’ll have to be cursed for much longer either. *She and the Beast smile as they hold each other*
Brand: Riiight. Well, uh, I really should be going now. Maybe I’ll see you guys in Legacy City sometime. *He runs towards the door* Good luck with everything!
Raine arrives in Rhythmic Jungle. Raine looks around, and notices that he's in the middle of nowhere.
RAINE: Hello? Anybody here?
Silence.
RAINE: Huh? Maybe they sent me to the wrong place?
Raine hears Mowgli yelling from a distance.
RAINE: Or not.
The scene shifts to King Louie jumping from tree branch to tree branch with Mowgli in hand. Raine watches as King Louie swings off to the distance.
RAINE: Hello? Wait! I have something I need to ask you?
Raine runs after King Louie, and Mowgli.
The title of the world appears in a quick animations.
Player Goal: Follow the locals
Raine runs through the jungle as pair of eyes watch him from the darkness. Raine stops running abruptly, and stands still for a moment.
RAINE: You know I'm new around here. It's be nice if someone could tell me where to go. So why don't you come on out instead of hiding in the bushes.
Shere Kahn comes out of hiding.
SHERE KAHN: Just come out into the open? That would be rather dull, don't you think?
Shere Kahn jumps behind Raine. Raine doesn't turn around.
SHERE KAHN: It's much more exciting to add a little bit of suspense. Not knowing what's there helps with that. At least on my end of things.
Shere Kahn stares at Raine, but Raine doesn't move.
RAINE: I'm looking for the Bridge to this world, or maybe you could point me to the source of the Heartless. Either one would be fine.
SHERE KAHN: Bridge? Heartless? I'm really not interested in these things.
Shere Kahn walks in front of Raine so that Shere Kahn is now the one not looking at Raine.
RAINE: Am I boring you?
SHERE KAHN: Considering how incredibly dull you are...
Shere Kahn turns his head to Raine.
SHERE KAHN: Yes.
Shere Kahn looks away.
SHERE KAHN: So let's make this interesting. You scream as loudly as you can, and hope that someone comes to rescue you. I'll chase you through the jungle until you run out of breath, and fall over.
Shere Kahn starts walking up to Raine.
SHERE KAHN: Then you start to beg for mercy, and... well I'm still debating with himself what to do next. They say it's rude to play with your food, but... well that's what I'm doing now, isn't it? I guess it's different when you're still alive.
RAINE: So... let me guess. I'm the prey, and your the predator. Only problem with that is that you'd be have able to take me on in a fight to be the predator here.
SHERE KAHN: Oh -- so now you want to start being fun?
Shere Kahn laughs to himself as he crouches. Raine summons his Keyblade while remaining perfectly calm. Shere Kahn prepares to lunge at Raine when a bolt of lightening strikes a dry branch and causes it to burst into flames. Shere Kahn is startled by this, and runs away. The rain quickly puts out the fire. Raine lowers his Keyblade.
RAINE: Well that was... disappointing.
Raine looks over to where King Louie went.
RAINE: It had to be raining.
Player Goal: Find Shelter
Raine enters King Louie's kingdom and notices voices from afar.
LOUIE: Baloo!
Raine hides behind a pillar, and sneaks a peak at what's happening. Baloo has his arms folded, and is staring down Louie.
LOUIE: You thought you could sneak in here, and just take the man-cub away?
BALOO: Mowgli doesn't know how to make fire Louie. Just let him go.
LOUIE: No can do. Me and him have a deal. I keep him in the jungle if he teaches me the secret to man's fire. And he's still gotta hold up his half of the deal.
Raine hears a rock fall from above him. He looks up, and sees Bagheera sneaking towards one of the apes that has Mowgli. Raine tries to see where Bagheera is going, and starts to move along the pillars without looking. Raine kicks a rock into a pile of bananas by mistake. Raine pulls his foot back as one of the apes see the spilled bananas. Louie looks over to see what caused it, and sees Raine.
LOUIE: Is that --
Raine tries to sneak away when Louie jumps right in front of him. Raine jumps back, and summons his Keyblade on instinct. Louie extends his arm upwards to the ape holding Mowgli. Bagheera is right behind the ape when it tosses Mowgli to Louie. Louie hold Mowgli upside down, and compares him to Raine.
LOUIE: It is! Another human!
Louie tosses Mowgli into the air. Raine runs past Louie to catch Mowgli, but another ape grabs him first.
LOUIE: I bet you know how to make fire. The warm kind too. Well? Come on say something. What? Can't talk?
RAINE: Look I don't know who you are, but you'd better let that kid down right now. From the sounds of things you aren't exactly his friends. So back off, and quiet causing trouble.
LOUIE: Causing trouble? Hey the kid made a deal.
MOWGLI: No I didn't! Let me down!
RAINE: You heard him. Let him down.
Louie notices Raine's Keyblade.
LOUIE: Alright. I'll give you him. If you give me this!
Louie snatches Raine's Keyblade.
LOUIE: Ha ha! If you want your fancy stick back then you ought to start telling us those secrets human!
Louie raises the Keyblade to the sky as it disappears, and returns to Raine. Raine folds his arms, and cocks his head back.
RAINE: Done yet?
LOUIE: Fine.
Louie extends his arms. Bagheera sneaks up behind the ape that as Mowgli just as Mowgli is thrown to Louie. Bagheera is visibly frustrated, and nearly give himself away. The ape turns around to see whose is there when Bagheera hides behind a pillar.
LOUIE: You can have him --
Raine walks up to Louie.
LOUIE: If you can catch him!
Louie throws Mowgli to one of the apes. The ape tosses Mowgli to another ape as Raine runs towards it. Raine looks around as he sees Mowgli being tosses around ape to ape. Baloo begins stomping his feet.
BALOO: Louie!
Player Goal: Catch Mowgli
Note: The ape holding Mowgli will immediately throw him once Raine gets close. Raine needs to knock the apes unconscious so that there will not be an ape to catch Mowgli.
Note: Apes will jump onto Raine, and attempt to slow him down. Raine can ask Baloo for help when this happens. Baloo will scare off the apes, and free Raine.
Note: The apes will not stay still and let Raine attack them. Raine will need to make use of the environment so that they cannot escape when he goes to hit them.
Action: Raine needs to knock out enough apes so that only two remain.
An ape gets ready to throw Mowgli when Bagheera pounces on him. Bagheera slips and bumps into a pillar before he can grab Mowgli. Mowgli slips out of the ape's hands, and falls short of the other ape. Baloo gasps when he sees Mowgli fall. Bagheera shakes his head and sees Mowgli falling. Raine catches Mowgli.
LOUIE: Alright! So now you've got him! He's still got a deal with us. We. Want. Fire. And no one's leaving until that happens.
RAINE: Look around. It's the middle of a storm. Even if we could make you a fire, it would just get washed out by all of the water.
LOUIE: Wait. So --
RAINE: It's not possible for us to make a fire right now. You're wasting your time.
SHERE KAHN: Isn't that convenient.
Raine looks up to see Shere Kahn above them.
BALOO: Shere -- Shere -- Shere Kahn!
RAINE: Oh. It's you again.
SHERE KAHN: Yes. It is. And this time, I know that as long as this storm is around, I don't need to worry about any pesky flames. And to make things even better, you've saved me the trouble of having to find the other human running around this jungle. You're turning out to be quite the little helper. Now I finally have my revenge on you hairless apes.
Raine sets Mowgli down.
RAINE: Run.
MOWGLI: but --
RAINE: Now.
Mowgli runs to Baloo. Shere Kahn crouches, and prepares to pounce. Raine summons his Keyblade. Shere Kahn leaps towards Raine, but is knocked aside by Bagheera.
RAINE: Huh?
Shere Kahn attempts to push Bagheera off him, but Bagheera pins him down. The apes all begin to run away. Raine steps a step towards Bagheera.
BAGHEERA: Get away!
RAINE: But --
Shere Kahn snaps at Bagheera.
BAGHEERA: Find Mowgli and Baloo. Make sure they're okay.
RAINE: I can help --
Raine spots a group of Heartless right behind Mowgli and Baloo. Raine looks back and forth between Bagheera and the Heartless.
RAINE: I... alright! I'll be back though!
Bagheera nods his head. Raine turns around and runs after Mowgli and Baloo.
Player Goal: Protect Mowgli and Baloo from the Heartless
Note: Mowgli and Baloo will always be ahead of Raine.
Note: Raine needs to eliminate all of the Heartless in the area, and make sure the path is clear for Baloo and Mowgli
Raine looks around to make sure there are no Heartless left. He spots Mowgli, and Baloo running into a cave. Raine walks into the cave. Baloo and Mowgli shake the water out of their hair.
RAINE: Hey. You guys alright.
MOWGLI: I'm fine.
BALOO: And I'm feeling pretty good. Thanks for the help back there. You came right in time. What's your name?
RAINE: I'm Raine.
Baloo laughs.
BALOO: Raine in the rain. I like it. I'm Baloo and this Mowgli ya see.
Baloo shakes water off of his fur.
BALOO: So where's Bagheera?
RAINE: Bag... you mean your friend. He... stood behind.
MOWGLI: What?
BALOO: He's still there. I thought he was right behind us!
RAINE: Don't worry. I'll go back right now and --
Lightening strikes, and makes everyone look at the cave entrance. Bagheera crawls into the cave. Bagheera collapses. Mowgli and Raine run over to Bagheera.
MOWGLI: Are you okay?
BAGHEERA: I'll be fine. Shere Kahn... he's as bad as they say he is.
RAINE: Shere Kahn. He's the one who did this to you.
BAGHEERA: Yes. He's... dangerous.
RAINE: I can tell.
BAHEERA: He's still out there. I couldn't hold him off. He'll come for you.
RAINE: Me? Why me?
BAGHEERA: Shere Kahn... hates humans.
RAINE: It sounds like this guy's got some kind of history. What's his deal?
BAGHEERA: He used to be a great hunter. He was like a hero in this jungle.
RAINE: He... was a hero?
BAGHEERA: He was. He's fallen far since then. One day a group of humans... they came... Shere Kahn lived, but he lost his family. He's always been bitter towards your kind for that. He --
Bagheera groans.
MOWGLI: Bagheera.
BAGHEERA: He'll keep hunting you. And Mowgli too.
Raine stands up, and walks to the cave entrance.
RAINE: Then it sounds like Shere Kahn is the one causing the trouble around here.
Raine looks at Mowgli.
RAINE: Take care of your friend. He looks hurt. I'll find Shere Kahn.
BAGHEERA: Wait --
Raine walks away.
Player Goal: Search the jungle
Raine leans against a tree, and looks out to the sky. Raine closes his eyes. Raine sighs. Baloo walks over to Raine. Baloo sees that Raine's eyes are closed. Baloo waves his paw in front of Raine's face.
RAINE: I know you're there.
The storm ends. Mowgli walks up to Baloo and Raine. Raine opens his eyes.
RAINE: Should you two be watching your friend?
BALOO: Bagheera 'ill fine. He just needs to take it easy.
MOWGLI: We wanted to see how you were doing.
RAINE: This Shere Kahn isn't easy to find. Funny since he's looking for us. I figured we could just meet half way.
BALOO: Ya sound all stressed out. You've gotta relax man.
RAINE: I'll have time for that after I figure out what's going on in this world. It looks like you guys have a lot of problems. The Heartless, and then this Shere Kahn guy.
BALOO: Yeah. We've got lots of problems. But you wanna know what else we've got?
Baloo knocks a coconut down from a tree. Baloo starts playing with the coconut like a hacky sack.
BALOO: Plenty of time to just.. chill out man. Relax a little. Life's too short to be all serious all the time. You've gotta --
Baloo passes the coconut to Mowgli.
BALOO: Live in the moment.
RAINE: I don't have time to 'live in the moment'.
MOWGLI: Come on! Baloo knows what he's talking about.
Mowgli passes the coconut to Raine. Raine catches it with his hands. Raine sighs.
RAINE: Fine. Just because I need to think.
Player Goal: Relax with Mowgli and Baloo
Raine, Baloo, and Mowgli are all lying on the ground.
RAINE: So this Shere Kahn guy used to be some kind of hero?
Baloo is silent.
BALOO: Shere Kahn... used to be a pal of mine.
Mowgli sits up.
MOWGLI: He was?
BALOO: Yeah. Shere was friends with lots of folk, but... well it's like Bagheera said. He had a bad run in with some humans, and lost his family. The rest is history now. You know... I really did trust him... before.
RAINE: He let you down?
BALOO: He turned out to be someone different than who we all thought he was.
RAINE: Yeah. I know what that's like.
RAINE (whisper): Seymour.
Baloo gets up.
BALOO: But this is starting to get a little heavy. Forget about the past. How 'bout the future.
RAINE: Well... I'm actually trying to fix the Bridge to this world. Think you guys could help me out with that?
MOWGLI: Bridge? What's that?
RAINE: Between here and Legacy City?
MOWGLI: I've never heard either of those things.
RAINE: Really? Wait! So the Bridge might not even be in this jungle!
BALOO: Relax. What else is on your mind? Something good.
Raine sighs.
RAINE: Well... I guess there's home. But I'm not really sure where that is right now.
MOWGLI: Oh I get it. You're lost.
RAINE: No -- Well technically I am lost. What I mean is I'm not sure what place feels like home to me. I wanted to leave my island, and I found this city. I don't know. I guess it's weird to think I'm leaving my past behind. Who knows. I might even just stay here with you guys. I've got more friends here than anywhere else.
Baloo laughs.
BALOO: See? We're already friends.
MOWGLI: Wait! Why would you want to leave home?
RAINE: Well... I guess it was just time for change. I guess that's just life.
MOWGLI: But... it's not fair! It's not fair!
Mowgli stands up, and runs off.
RAINE: What did I say?
Baloo sighs.
BALOO: It's not your fault. It's Shere Kahn's fault. Mowgli can't stay in the jungle with Shere Kahn around. So we're bringing him to go live with other humans.
RAINE: And he doesn't want to go.
Baloo shakes his head.
BALOO: Let's find him.
Player Goal: Find Mowgli
Mowgli is sitting by himself next to a tree. Raine spots him, and sits down next to him.
RAINE: Your friend told me about your problem.
MOWGLI: Why do you care? I bet you want to me away to.
RAINE: I want to see this human village. I think some people there might be able to help me find the Bridge.
MOWGLI: Well I don't want to go. Baloo promised I could stay.
RAINE: Mowgli... you can't really want to stay here. With Shere Kahn looking for you...
MOWGLI: I'm not afraid of him!
RAINE: Yeah but... what about Bagheera?
MOWGLI: What about him?
Silence.
RAINE: Bagheera and Baloo would probably do anything to protect you.
MOWGLI: I know that.
RAINE: So what if Shere Kahn tires to hurt you? I don't even need to ask 'what if'. You and me both saw what happened to Bagheera. It could happen again. And it could be worse next time.
Mowgli hangs his head.
MOWGLI: That --
Mowgli sighs.
MOWGLI: Yeah. I guess your right. I just --
Mowgli buries his head in his arms.
MOWGLI: I don't want to leave them! It's not fair! What if I never see them again?
RAINE: I get it. I've got some friends that I might never see again. But... I don't know. I won't forget them. They're still my friends. Even if I never see them again. Sometimes it's hard to do something you have to do when it stops you doing what you want to do.
Silence.
Mowgli stands up, head hanging low.
MOWGLI: I'm ready to go now.
RAINE: Alright.
Raine stands up. Mowgli walks up to Baloo.
BALOO: Let's go tell Bagheera... we're ready to go.
Player Goal: Check on Bagheera
Mowgli, Baloo, and Raine walk towards the cave. Baloo and Raine check up on Bagheera while Mowgli stands at the entrance, still frightened about the idea of returning to the human village.
KAA: pssst.
MOWGLI: What was that?
Mowgli leaves the cave. Kaa sneaks up behind Mowgli, without him knowing.
KAA: Ss-say now, what have we here?
MOWGLI: Who are you?
KAA: Oh, a man cub. A delicious man cub.
MOWGLI: Delicious? Oh…I have to go.
KAA: Leaving so ss-soon?
MOWGLI: Well it’s just that, I have to go back to my friend so they can take me back to…the village…
KAA: Now why would you want to go there? There’s nothing good there…
MOWGLI: I know, but they say that the jungle is too dangerous, because my friends get hurt and that I might too…
KAA: Well if you want, you can stay here with me.
Kaa’s eyes start forming a hypnosis wheel, and Mowgli enters a trance.
KAA: Truss-st in me…This way…
Mowgli is lured by Kaa into the forest.
Raine, Baloo, and a healed Bagheera leave the cave.
RAINE: Alright Mowgli, time to – Mowgli?
BALOO: Where’d he go?
BAGHEERA: Oh no, not again.
RAINE: Come on, we have to find him.
Player goal: Find Mowgli!
The three arrive in a dense part of the forest where they see Mowgli (trapped by Kaa) being dragged up a tree. Raine summons his Keyblade.
BALOO: Kaa, what are you doing?!
RAINE: Let him go.
KAA: Oh my a human. Well, as they ss-say, the more the merrier!
Kaa starts to approach Raine, with Mowgli still binded by him, but in a trance.
Player Goal: Defeat Kaa! Tie him into a knot!
Kaa will follow you throughout the minigame, you have to tie him into a knot.
Kaa slithers away, angrily.
BALOO: Mowgli! You’re safe!
MOWGLI: What happened?
RAINE: You were hypnotized by that snake. Now do you understand what we meant when we said the jungle is dangerous? He was going to eat you.
MOWGLI: I could have handled him!
RAINE: No, you couldn’t have, and you didn’t. I did.
BAGHEERA: Come on now, we have to get you back to the village.
MOWGLI: Alright…let’s go.
After they leave, Kaa is on the ground, slumping.
KAA: Oh, what kind of a ss-snake am I? Now even able to trap a man cub…
Shere Khan jumps behind him, startling Kaa.
SHERE KHAN: Did I hear you say Man cub?
KAA: SS-SHERE KHAN! What a ss-surprise.
Shere Khan grabs Kaa by the throat and pulls him in close.
SHERE KHAN: I’d like to have a word with you, if you don’t mind…
KAA: Why, whatever would you like to know?
SHERE KHAN: Tell me everything you heard about the man cub…
Shere Khan takes out his other paw and holds the claws close to Kaa’s throat.
SHERE KHAN: Or else…
Raine and Mowgli are in the middle of the village, Baloo and Bagheera watch from afar.
RAINE: See Mowgli, not so bad.
MOWGLI: It’s just so calm. Not wild at all.
RAINE: Trust me, that’s a good thing. Alright, I need to go ask about the bridge…
Heartless jump in front of Raine before he can do anything. He summons his Keyblde.
RAINE: Definitely not the worst possible time. Stay close behind me Mowgli.
Raine turns around and sees he isn’t there.
MOWGLI: Up here!
Raine turns around and sees that Mowgli is on top of a tree.
RAINE: Well that helps.
Player Goal: Defeat the Heartless! Protect the village!
Raine has managed to save most of the village. Shere Khan jumps out in front of Raine.
RAINE: Shere Khan! You’re the one who led the Heartless here, didn’t you?
SHERE KHAN: Now, now, it’s not nice to make false accusations. I don’t even what a Heartless is, but I like them for distracting the villagers long enough for me to walk in here with no one noticing. If anything, I assumed that they were the creations of the humans, before I saw them attacking the village.
RAINE: Not a fan of humans, are you?
SHERE KHAN: That’s quite the understatement. I detest humans. I dedicate my life to hunting them, as you can probably tell. That’s why I hunt humans like you, the man-cub Mowgli, and all of these panicking villagers.
RAINE: You’ve got another thing coming if you think you can lay a claw on anyone.
SHERE KHAN: You humans have ruined my life for the last time! I am the predator and you are the prey, time for nature to take its course!
Player Goal: Defeat Shere Khan!
Shere Khan, breathing heavily, jumps on Raine, and they tumble into a building. Shere Kahn regains his battle stance, while Raine remains on the ground. Shere Khan puts his claw up to Raine’s neck.
SHERE KHAN: Any last words?
Raine can see a big fire Heartless behind Shere Khan, outside the building. The Heartless sets the building on fire.
RAINE: Fire!
SHERE KHAN: Like that’s really going to-ahhh!
Raine escapes Shere Khan’s grip, who is frozen in fear. Raine manages to escape the building, but looks back and sees a Heartless attack Shere Khan, making him pass out.
RAINE: You’ve got to be kidding me…
Raine runs in defeats the heartless, and then grabs Shere Khan and drags him outside. Most of the buildings are on fire.
Player Goal: Put out the fires!
You have to hit the spots on fire to pat out the fire.
Raine returns to the village square. The big Heartless stands in its path. Raine puts himself in a battle stance.
RAINE: Good luck destroying anymore buildings.
BALOO (faintly): Mowgli come back!
RAINE: Huh?
Raine turns to see Mowgli running into the jungle, with Baloo and Bagheera chasing after him. The Heartless nearly hits a distracted Raine, but he blocks the attack at the last second.
Player Goal: Defeat the big Heartless!
The Heartless disintegrates. The Keyhole appears on the ground where it stood. Raine raises his Keyblade and locks the Keyhole. The bridge re-appears.
RAINE: Well, that’s that.
Raine walks towards the bridge, but turns around to look at the Jungle.
RAINE: Better make sure Mowgli’s alright first.
Raine runs into the jungle.
BALOO: C’mon Mowgli! You gotta return to the village! It’s where you’re supposed to be.
BAGHEERA: It’s good for you to be around other humans.
MOWGLI: I’m not going!
RAINE: You should listen to them, they’re right.
Baloo, Bagheera, and Mowgli turn their heads to see Raine walking towards them.
RAINE: It’s where you’re safe.
MOWGLI: Why? You say the jungle’s dangerous so I go to the village, but then the village is unsafe. No matter where I am I’m unsafe, so I might as well enjoy where I am.
RAINE: But in the village, you’re with your own kind. You’ll make new friends. Everyone has to start their journey at some point Mowgli, and it’s time for yours to start.
MOWGLI: I’m not going!
RAINE: But Mowgli –
A faint roar is heard in the distance that only Raine hears. He turns his head and sees Shere Khan.
RAINE: I have to go...
RAINE: So, I see you’re alright.
SHERE KHAN: Why would you save me? You’re a human?
RAINE: Hate is easy, but forgiveness is hard.
SHERE KHAN: No, hate is the the right path once it's justified. And I'll be happy to show you that!
RAINE: If you're planning on fighting me again, sorry, not interested.
SHERE KHAN: Do you really think you have a choice? Stupid human, I'm the ultimate predator in the jungle, everyone bows to me and so will you!
RAINE: Well technically, fire is the ultimate predator.
SHERE KHAN: Why you pesky brat! How dare y... Ugh, nevermind. I’ve had enough of this talk.
Shere Khan turns around and leaves the jungle.
RAINE: Hmmm, well what about that, he gave up.
Raine walks back to the village, when Shanti accidently knocks into him.
SHANTI: Oh, I’m sorry. Excuse me.
RAINE: Don’t worry about it. Are you from the village?
SHANTI: Yes, I must go to fetch the water to put out the remaining fires.
RAINE: Well there’s a creek if you continue on, if it’ll help.
SHANTI: It will, thank you so much.
Raine enters the village and returns to Legacy City. Back in the jungle Baloo and Mowgli are arguing.
BALOO: You have to go Mowgli, it’s the best for you.
MOWGLI: For the last time No! No no no no no no no!
Mowgli get sup and walks away.
BALOO: Where are you going?
Mowgli gets to the river and spots Shanti gathering water. He looks enamored.
Introduction:
- The four return to Legacy City, and finally come face to face with Lucius. Lucius explains the danger the city is in, and why Oswald had to send to four to restore the Bridges. Lucius appoints himself as the master of the four, and sends them off to become acquainted with the city's key personnel.
Rising Action:
- The four meet Matoya, and are offered to have their fortunes told. Matoya gives the four a brief test to see what magical potential they may have. Matoya is impressed, and grants each of the four a basic spell as well as an explanation why she gave them those specific spells.
- The four begin to wander the city as they wonder where the Robinsons are. Ciel notices Gus running up a hill, and introduces the others to him. Gus works for the Robinsons, and leads the four to their manor where Wilbur greets them. Wilbur offers the four to join him on the Gummi Ship's first test run. Wilbur makes the comment that, "It's a lot funner that it used to be."
- The four begin to make their way back to the city when they finally meet the Smith brothers. The brothers give the four new outifts, and explain that they upgraded them with a special device.
- The four finally return to Lucius, and begin their training. The four get to know Lucius better as they practice, and learn more about key bearers. Lucius tells the four that Legacy City will soon be having a festival in a few days. Lucius explains that the four will not be sent to repair any further Bridges until after the Festival since the four are guests of honor, and can not risk being absent.
- The four meet Beast, who is arguing with Lucius. Beast explains that his rose was stolen, and that it disappeared after the Bridge to Legacy City was repaired. Beast is convinced that the thief is in the City, and will not leave until he finds it. The four realize that the friends they made from the other worlds are likely settling into Legacy City the same way as the Beast.
- The Incredible family are with the Legacy City guard, and Bob is attempting to convince Lightning to let him help them in the city. Lightning says she would love the extra help, but that his family seems reluctant to let him join. Lightning explains she is too busy with the Festival's preparations, and that Oswald was supposed to be in charge of preparing the entertainment while she made sure security was ready in case of any extra disturbances. Lightning asks the four to find Oswald so that the Festival preparations can continue going forward.
- The four find Oswald in the Disney district, trying to impress Ortensia. Oswald is busy competing with Pete for her attention. Oswald hides when he spots the four, because he doesn't want to have to go back to work. When the four catch him, he explains how he's been trying to win over Ortensia for years. The four convince him to do something romantic during the festival for her. Oswald agrees, and goes back to work. He mentions that he probably won't be able to get everything done now that he wasted the day running from four, and asks for their help with making sure one of the acts is ready for the Festival.
- The four meet Dumbo, and discover that he's one of the main events for the Festival. Dumbo has stage freight though, and needs help getting over his fear of crowds. The four each come up with their own unique solution, and mini-game to help Dumbo perform.
- The four return to Lucius, and see that he is busy speaking to the Emperor of the Land of Dragons. Mushu panics when he sees that people from his world are going to be hosting the Festival. Mushu runs into the city, and forces the four to chase after him. The Emperor briefly saw Mushu, and was curious if an actual dragon was in Legacy City. Mushu accidentally bumps into Mulan, and causes her to drops a plate of food on the Emperor. Mushu manages to sneak over to Linnea while Mulan apologizes to the Emperor. The Emperor explains he though he saw a dragon, but it was probably just a lizard. He is impressed by how well Mulan managed to handle herself despite being in the presence of someone so important.
- The four do a basic training routine before heading off to their rooms for the night. The next day passes by off-screen, and the next night comes. The four all make their way to meet with Lucius. Brand stays behind when he notices noise in an alley. Raine goes with him to make sure he doesn't cause any trouble. They find the apes from Rhythmic Jungle are trying to steal torches, and causes a small fire. Ciel and Raine work together to put out the flames while Brand and Linnea get the people inside the building's out of harm's way. Lightning arrives, and asks what happened when the four explain that the apes were causing trouble. Lightning sends out her guards to find the apes. She tells the four that they're late, and that the parade will begin soon. Lighting tells the four that the guard will handle any future disturbances, and that they can feel free to enjoy the Festival's attractions.
- The parade begins, and Mulan gives the speech for the Land of Dragons in place of the Emperor. Oswald explains the four that the Festival this year is in their honor so they should say something as well. The four each nervously stammer one by one, except for Raine for prefers to keep with statement brief, and let Lucius take over for his speech. The Festival enters full swing just at Lightning notices something strange in the sky. Before anyone can be warned, Heartless descend on the city. The paper dragon from the parade is shrouded with darkness, and transformed by the hearts of the men beneath it.
Climax:
- The four defeat the dragon
Falling Action:
- Lucius announces that the Festival must be put on hold until after the Heartless threat has been dealt with. Lightning is confused over how their defense weren't strong enough to keep the Heartless from entering the city.
- Lucius takes the four back to his temple, along with Oswald and Mushu, to discuss their plan. Lucius splits the four into two groups so that they can continue to repair the Bridges without fear of being overwhelmed or that there may be too many of them to cross the Bridge.
- Gus meets with the four the next day, and explains that if they need to leave the world they're currently in then they can call on the Gummi Ship for an emergency pick up.
Conclusion:
- The four split up into their pairs, and leave to repair the next set of Bridges.
Raine, Linnea, and Mushu disembark in Wonderland. They arrive in the Lotus Forest. Linnea is clearly amazed by the color of the world.
Linnea: Wooow. Look at all the colors.
Raine: What?
Linnea: It’s just that this world. It’s so colorful. Just look at the trees. The leaves are all kinds of colors.
Raine: Well, I guess that’s why they call this world Wonderland. Now just stay close behind me and don’t touch anything.
Linnea (clearly saddened by Raine’s lack of faith in her): Oh, okay…
Mushu comes up on Linnea’s shoulder.
Mushu: Can you believe that jerk? Treatin’ you like a little girl. You should show him that you’re not weak.
Linnea: He doesn’t think I’m weak, he’s just looking out for me.
???: Lost, are we?
The three turn around trying to find the source of the voice. They look into the hollow of a tree and see a smile.
Raine: A floating smile?
The smile disappears.
Mushu: What the heck? What kind of freaky magic is this.
Cheshire Cat: Looking for someone?
They turn around and see the Cheshire Cat on a tree branch.
Linnea: How odd. I’ve never seen a cat smile.
Cheshire Cat: There’s so much that so many have not seen.
Raine: Who are you?
Cheshire Cat: Names are so useless and of no importance to anyone. There’s so much more worthwhile information.
Raine: Such as?
The Cheshire Cat stands up and takes off his head, and stands on it balancing.
Mushu: Man, this is disturbing!
Cheshire Cat: This world is turning into it’s other self. From one reality into another.
Linnea: What?
Raine: From one reality…to another?
Raine: Can we even trust this cat?
Cheshire Cat: Who’s to say what is true and what’s not. Why, not even I am all true.
The Cheshire Cat disappears, leaving Linnea, Raine, and Mushu puzzled.
Raine: It's almost like he read my mind...
Linnea: That's scary. What could he have meant?
Raine: I don't know. But let’s keep moving. We can't trust him and we have a mission and we shouldn’t let a disappearing cat keep us from that mission.
Raine walks on but Linnea doesn’t.
Mushu: What’s wrong? Let’s go we got hero stuff to do.
Linnea: I don’t know, I just don’t have a good feeling about this world. Something about what that he said…
The camera pans up as the music starts playing, and the logo for the world appears.
Linnea: Reality…into another reality. One self to another. What could it all mean?
Raine: Still pondering what the cat said?
Linnea: It’s just so strange.
Mushu: Maybe he’s saying that the world is turning normal cause so far it’s freaky.
Suddenly, the ground is covered in darkness and Heartless appear. Linnea and Raine prepare themselves.
Raine: Linnea, just follow my lead and don’t get hurt.
PLAYER GOAL: Defeat the Heartless!
After the battle, the darkness on the ground disappears, however there is something different. The once light brown ground is now darker and almost black.
Linnea: Did the ground change?
Raine: Maybe the Heartless did this.
Linnea: But in other worlds they don’t change the environment.
Raine: True. Let’s continue on, we may find something.
The trio comes across a courtyard of a palace. Court of the Queen of Hearts/Red Queen
Raine: This looks to be a palace.
Linnea: I hope we’re not intruding on anything.
Raine: I don’t hear much.
Mushu: This place must be home to some icky lovebirds. Just look at all the Hearts! Too loveydovey for my taste.
Raine: Seems a little suspicious to me.
Linnea: What could be suspicious about –
Red Queen: WHO DID THIS TO ME?!?!
Linnea: What was that?
Raine: This way
The trio enters a court. The Red Queen (with orange hair) is walking across a row of Card Soldiers lined up.
Red Queen: Who changed me? Was it you?
Guard 1: No your majesty
Red Queen: Was it you?
Guard 2: No your majesty.
Red Queen: You?
Guard 3: No your majesty.
Red Queen: Well then find whoever it was that- Who are you?
She looks and sees Raine, Linnea, and Mushu enter.
Raine: We’re visitors.
Red Queen: You must have been the ones that changed me!
Linnea: What? No it wasn’t us. We promise.
Red Queen: If it wasn’t you then who was it?!
Mushu jumps off of Linnea’s shoulder and walks towards the Queen.
Mushu: Luckily for you we’re three heroes and we can find whoever it was that changed you.
The Queen is in shock upon seeing Mushu.
Red Queen: Ahhh!!!!
Mushu: What?
Red Queen: That dragon, I’ve seen him before. Guards, OFF WITH HIS HEAD!!!
Mushu: Oh man, I sure don't like the sound of that!
Mushu runs back to Linnea and Raine. Linnea and Raine protect Mushu as the Card Soldiers surround Linnea and Raine.
Raine: Great job "dragon." Linnea just try to avoid getting hit and let me take care of this.
Linnea sighs but still remains in a battle stance.
PLAYER GOAL: Protect Mushu!
The soldiers are weak but they eventually outnumber our heroes.
Linnea: There’s too many.
Raine: Looks like we’re gonna have to make a break for it.
Raine slashes a Card Soldier and he runs over it, followed by Linnea and Mushu.
Red Queen: What are you waiting for? GET THEM!!! OFF WITH THEIR HEADS!!!
The Soldiers follow the heroes out of the palace. Raine, Linnea, and Mushu hide behind a big mushroom. The soldiers look around but don’t see them. They run off. Raine, Linnea, and Mushu come out of their hiding spot.
Raine: That was a close one. Nice going Lizard.
Mushu: Hey hey, it’s dragon for the last time. And it wasn’t my fault. I’ve never met that woman in my life. Trust me I’d remember someone with a voice as loud as that.
Linnea: Look let’s just continue on. What should we do next, Raine?
Raine: Find someone who can tell us what’s going on in this confusing world.
The trio walks on through the Lotus forest.
Linnea: Hey Raine, I see someone. A girl.
They look up ahead and see a blonde girl. It’s Alice in her Tim Burton attire. They walk up to her..
Linnea: Excuse me?
Alice: Oh hello there.
Raine: Could you be of any assistance? We’re wondering what’s been going on here in this world.
Alice: I’m sorry but I can’t help. You see, I can’t remember anything. My past, my name, not even my interests.
Linnea: I’m sorry to hear that.
Mushu: Man this place is just full of freaky things and people.
Linnea: Mushu!
Mushu: What, I’m just saying.
Alice: I can remember one thing though. That I’m destined to do something or else this world would be in grave danger.
Raine slowly backs away.
Raine: O-kay…thank you for the help but we best be getting on. Come on Linnea.
Linnea pulls him aside.
Linnea: Wait Raine, I think we should invite her to go with us.
Raine: No way, she’d just slow us down. We have a mission and we can’t go off and help every basket case we come across.
Raine walks off. Mushu comes up on Linnea’s shoulder.
Linnea: I can’t help it Mushu, I feel bad for her.
Mushu: You should talk to him about it. Tell him what’s on your mind.
Linnea: I can’t. I’m…to scared…
Mushu: Alright you just let your guardian dragon take care of this.
Mushu hurries off and climbs up onto Raine’s shoulder.
Raine: Can I help you?
Mushu: Come on, take the girl with you. She could be useful.
Raine: I went over this with Linnea. She’ll slow us down.
Mushu: Or maybe she’ll speed you up. You wanted someone who could help and here she is! The amazing amnesiac blondie!
Raine: What could she possibly do.
Mushu: You heard her yourself. She’s destined to do something. And before you go off thinking she’s crazy, remember she’s not the craziest we’ve met so far. I say we give her a chance.
Raine: Ugh…fine.
Mushu: Now that’s what I’m talking about.
Mushu ran back to Linnea and Alice to tell them the good news.
Mushu: He said yes. Another gift from your guardian dragon.
Linnea hugged mushu really tight.
Linnea: Oh thank you Mushu!
She turned to Alice.
Linnea: Good news! You can go with us! Maybe we can find your memories.
Alice: Oh thank you! Why that’ll help with-have we met before?
She turns to Mushu.
Mushu: You? Not until today. What is it with the people of this world and me. Like I’d be dumb enough to spend my free time in a crazy world like this.
The four continue on.
The four continue on into a thick cloud of smoke. Linnea cough and waves her hand trying to clear it.
Linnea: Cough, cough, what is this?
The smoke clears to reveal Absolem the caterpillar.
Absolem: Who are you?
Linnea: Linnea
Raine: Linnea, don’t just start talking to every single person you see.
Linnea: But I...
Alice: Could you help us?
Absolem: Who are you?
Alice: I don’t know.
Absolem: I can’t help you if you don’t know who you are, stupid Alice.
Linnea: Hey that’s mean. She doesn’t remember anything.
Alice: Wait, am I…Alice? That actually sounds quite right!
Absolem: Well I’m glad you remember something. Unfortunately I can’t. I seem to have forgotten everything, except for your name.
Mushu: Why is everyone forgetting things here. First the girl and now the giant smokin’ caterpillar.
Absolem: I actually have information related to that. If you would like to know it I must ask the dragon to step away. I don’t trust him.
Mushu: What?!
Linnea: Just step away Mushu. I’ll tell youafterwards.
Mushu: Fine but all this hate towards me is frustratin’ me.
Absolem sees that Mushu left.
Absolem: All I can say is that the only one who can save the world from disaster is the one who holds the magic weapon.
Linnea: Raine, do you think…
Raine: That the magic weapon is the Keyblade? Definitely.
Alice: That makes sense. And I think…that I was destined to lead you two in the right direction!
Raine: You think…
Alice: This way.
Linnea: Come on Mushu I’ll fill you in.
The smoke surrounds Absolem clearing him from sight.
Absolem: Good luck.
The four continue on being led by Alice, when the Cheshire Cat materializes on a tree branch behind them.
Cheshire cat: It appears as though you’ve found your way.
They turn around and see the cat.
Raine: You!
Cheshire Cat: Have you still been pondering what I said? I know what could help. A cup of tea.
Linnea: A cup of tea actually sounds nice right about now.
Raine: I’m sorry but we don’t have time. I’m sorry Alice but we need to part ways here. Me and Linnea have a mission that we need to finish. Come on Linnea.
Linnea: But Raine…
Raine: We need to continue our search for the Keyhole. Come on.
Raine walks ahead from Linnea. Linnea slumps down and sits next to a creek. Mushu looks at Linnea then at Raine. Mushu runs over the Raine and starts to follow him.
Mushi: Hey tough guy!
Raine doesn't hear Mushu, and keeps walking.
Mushu: Hey! Hey! I'm talking to you!
Mushu jumps onto Raine's pants and blows an ember.
Raine: What the --
Raine's pants catch on fire. Raine pats out the flames.
Raine: You stupid lizard! What's your problem?
Mushu: Problem? I don't have a problem. You're the one with the attitude.
Raine: Attitude? You just lit me on fire!
Mushu: And I could do worse. I'm an all powerful dragon.
RAINE: You've done nothing but run and hide whenever something bad happens, and you’re usually the cause of those bad things.
Mushu: Because you're not ready for my all powerfulness yet. I already told you. First you've gotta prove you're worthy of beholding my power. And not my fault everyone in this world is a psycho.
Raine: I don't have time to play games with some ember-breathing dragon.
Mushu: And there it is. "I don't have time for this". Oh look at me! I'm all big and strong, and can do everything by myself. I don't need to bring poor little Linnea along.
Raine: What?
Mushu: Don't you remember? I'm here to make sure Linnea turns into a hero. And that means getting rid of anything that stands in her way. And right now -- that's you!
Raine: I get the feeling you expect me to actually take you seriously.
Mushu climbs up Raine's clothes. Raine acts like a vermin was touching him. Mush grabs Raine's cheeks.
Mushu: Boy open your eyes!
Mushu forces Raine's head to look at Linnea.
Raine: What? She's... sulking.
Mushu: Yup. And she's sitting in a corner too.
Raine: That's what sulking --
Raine sighs.
Raine: Why is she sulking?
Mushu: And sitting in a corner.
Raine: So... is she --
Mushu: Sad. Upset. Feeling useless. Maybe a little hungry.
Raine: I don't get it.
Mushu: Wake up time! It's because you don't ever think about what she's feeling. Let me paint you a picture -- with my mighty powers of storytelling! Imagine a world where no one cares who you are --
Raine: I think I get it Mushu.
Mushu: When are all you ever wanted --
Raine: Mushu...
Mushu: Is to go somewhere where everyone knows your name --
Raine: Mushu...
Mushu: Because in life you've gotta give it all you've got --
Raine: Mushu!
Mushu: Huh?
Raine: I'll let Linnea feel more involved. That's what you wanted right?
Mushu: Huh? I mean -- yes. See?
Mushu jumps to the ground. Raine walks over to Alice and Linnea.
Raine: Alright Linnea, what do you think we should do?
Mushu: Dragon guardian powers save the day.
Mushu joins Raine and the others.
Raine: Alright Linnea, what do you think we should do?
Linnea: Wait...what?
Raine: I'm asking for your opinion on what we should do.
Linnea: um well, I think that maybe it's a good idea if we, y'know, stay with Alice and listen to the cat... I think he may be trying to help us or something.
Raine: Well if that’s what you feel is best.
Linnea: Okay then...thank you...I'll just, go to Alice and the cat.
They walk over back to Alice and the Cat who have been watching the entire ordeal happen.
Alice: Linnea, Raine, is everything alright?
Linnea: Yes. Now you said we needed a cup of tea. Where do we go.
Cheshire Cat: I'll guide you to the Hare and the Hatter. This way.
The group arrives as the Mad Hatters house. The Cheshire Cat disappears and Linnea, Raine, Alice, and Mushu walk towards to Mad Hatter and March Hare.
March Hare: A very merry unbirthday, to me!
Mad Hatter: To who?
March Hare: To me
Mad Hatter: Oh you!
March Hare: A very merry unbirthday to you!
Mad Hatter: Who me?
March Hare: Yes, you!
Mad Hatter: Oh, me!
March Hare: Let’s all congratulate us with another cup of tea! A very merry unbirthday, to you!
The March Hare throws a teacup as Mushu, who ducks just in time to avoid getting clobbered.
Mushu: Hey watch it!
Raine: Linnea, are you sure it was the best idea to come here?
Linnea: Just trust me. Um, excuse me!
Mad Hatter: Why hello there! My, my four people.
March Hare: That’s four more unbirthdays!
Alice: Unbirthday!
Mad Hatter: Why yes! Everyone has one birthday a year, and there are 365 days a year. Every day that isn’t your birthday is your unbirthday! A very-
Raine: No, please, you don’t have to sing.
Mad Hatter: Why wouldn’t why? After all why is a raven like a writing desk?
Mushu: I think we’ve just entered the center of craziness.
Linnea: Listen, we would like to ask you a couple questions.
Mad Hatter: Let me get another cup of tea!
The Mad Hatter reaches out for a cup of tea, but the table is enveloped in darkness. One tea cup grows bigger and bigger until it is covered in darkness and now a Heartless.
Mad hatter: Run away! Tea cups and Hatters first!
March Hare: Not if you’re a rodent!
Alice and Mushu hide while Linnea and Raine get into a battle stance.
PLAYER GOAL: Defeat the Tea Cup Heartless!
The teapot Heartless is defeated and melts into a puddle of darkness..
Raine (panting heavily): I think we did it. I think we solved the problem.
The darkness passes over the house and the area around it before disappearing it. Everything is now different.
Linnea: What?
The Hatter and Hare come back looking different. His hair is orange and his attire is different, as is the March Hare’s.
Mad Hatter: Why March Hare you do look as if you have changed.
March Hare: You too Hatter why if I didn’t know any better I’d say that-
The March Hare pulls his ears and points at Mushu.
March Hare: THE JABBERWOCK!!!
Mushu: Wait, what?
Raine: The…Jabberwock?
Mad Hatter: Calm down Hare, that isn’t the Jabberwock. The Jabberwock is bigger than this little…thing…
Mushu: Hey hey, I’m a dragon! Not a “thing.”
March Hare: Oh I apologize oh great Jabberwock! Please forgive me!!! (begging).
Mushu: Know what? Forget it, I give up. Linnea, Raine, I don’t know what it is we have to do but let’s get it over with so we can leave this crazytown once and for all!
Mad Hatter: You can’t leave. The Jabberwock will appear at the Red Queen’s court and will plunge the world into darkness!
Alice, Raine, and Linnea: …What?
Suddenly the ground shakes and a loud roar can be heard.
Mad Hatter: The Jabberwock! It’s here!
The Mad Hatter and March Hare grab as many teapots as possible and run into the house.
Linnea: The roar came from this direction. Follow me.
Raine looked a little surprised to see Linnea take charge, but he complied. Everyone ran into the woods.
The four arrive at the court to see the Jabberwock fighting card soldiers.
Alice: Look! The Jabberwock!
The Jabberwock was covered by an aura of darkness.
Red Queen: Pick up the pace!!! Off with it’s head!!!
Mushu: So that’s the Jabberwock everyone’s been talking about.
He jumps off of Linnea’s shoulder and runs towards it.
Mushu: Hey scaley! You’ve been ruining my reputation around here. What If everyone confused you as me! How would that make you feel!?
The Jabberwock roars loudly at Mushu who is nearly blown away.
Mushu: I’m just gonna go…let my little heroine shine…and I’ll be supervising from behind that bush. Have fun! Avenge me Linnea!
Mushu runs away.
Raine: Typical.
The Jabberwock’s eyes glow and the Soldiers are consumed in darkness, turning into their darker forms.
Linnea: Raine, look! The Jabberwock is what’s been responsible for everything changing!
Raine: So then the Hatter was right.
Linnea (to the soldiers): Run away! We can handle this!
Raine (with a surprised look): I didn’t expect her to be so brave.
They get into battle stances.
PLAYER GOAL: Defeat the Jabberwock!
The battle with the Jabberwock is over but it’s still standing. Raine and Linnea are panting heavily.
Raine: We’re out of options.
Linnea: There’s gotta be something we can do.
The Jabberwock moved up its tail and hit Raine’s Keyblade, knocking it out of his hands and knocking him down to the ground.
Raine: No!
The Jabberwock readied it’s tail for a finishing blow. Raine held his arm in front of him preparing for the worst.
Linnea: Raine!
Just as its tail was about to hit Raine, Linnea hit the tail with her Keyblade, knocking it away with such force. The Jabberwock began looking deadpan at Linena.
Raine: Linnea…you saved me.
Raine: Quit talking and get your Keyblade.
Linnea put herself in a battle stance.
Alice: Linnea no!
She clutched her head as something hit her hard.
Alice: My…my memories! I remember now! I’m the one who has to defeat the Jabberwock!
The Vorpal Sword materialized in her hands. Alice nodded, knowing what to do. She ran onto the battlefield. Raine rejoined Linnea and they saw Alice coming towards them.
Linnea: Alice, get away!
Alice: No, I know what to do.
She threw the Vorpal sword with force, and it hit the Jabberwock straight in the chest. It screamed. Raine and Linnea jumped and delivered a finishing blow. The Jabberwock falls to the ground and vanishes.
Linnea: We did it.
Raine: Linnea... You saved me. Thanks!
Linnea: You would do the same for me when I'm in danger. I-It's the least thing I could do right?
Raine: I owe you my life.
The ground flashed. They looked towards it to see the Keyhole. They shoot beams into the Keyholes, sealing the world from the Heartless.
The Red Queen enters the court and approaches the heroes.
Mushu: Great job Linnea, I’m so proud of you.
Linnea: Thanks Mushu, I-
Red Queen: Excuse me!
Raine: Yea?
Red Queen: Two things. I want to thank you for finally getting rid of the Jabberwock, and two, if you all value your heads you might want to leave now.
Linnea: What, but we –
Red Queen: NOW!!!
Mushu: Let’s go Linnea I have a bead history with beheading.
The four ran out as the Queen turned her head and saw the Vorpal Sword.
The group runs back into the Lotus forest
Linnea: Glad we got out of there.
Raine: Unfortunately Alice, now we really must part ways.
Alice: That’s fine.
Linnea: What are you planning on doing now?
Alice: Well I remember chasing after a White Rabbit. I suppose I’ll start there. I’ll search for him once more. Thank you to you all, for everything.
Raine: Same to you.
Linnea: Bye Alice!
Alice walks away, off in search of the White Rabbit while the trio heads back.
Scene 16
Raine and Linnea stand in front of the bridge to Legacy City.
Raine: Looks like it’s time to head back.
Linnea: I’m gonna miss this world a little.
Mushu: I’m not, now let’s get out of here ASAP.
Mushu started pushing Linnea’s legs. The Cheshire Cat appears on a tree branch behind them.
Cheshire Cat: Leaving so soon?
Linnea: We’re done here.
Raine: What, are you going to miss us? Miss having people to give cryptic messages to?
Linnea: Speaking of which, was all that you said before supposed to help us?
Cheshire Cat: That may be true and that may be false. Everything has two sides to it so who is to say what is right and wrong? What is helping and what is not? Even Wonderland itself has a different, darker side. The Heartless showed that. Under all these bright colors, there was darkness lurking. For every truth, there is a lie. What about you, what do you believe in? Truth or Lies?
The Cheshire Cat disappears after asking.
Linnea: Did any of that make sense to you?
Raine: Not at all. I have a hard time believing there’s darkness under everything.
Mushu: Alright, alright, hurry up. Let’s get out of this freak show.
The Red Queen picks up the Vorpal Sword. A shadow appears over her. She turns around to see the mysterious person.
Red Queen: You! You won’t fool me a second time! GUARDS!!! OFF WITH HIS HEAD!!!
Brand and Ciel arrive in Yzma’s lab. Ciel looks around carefully. Brand however notices a closet filled with vials with a pink fluid in it. He approaches the closet.
Brand: Hmmm, what’s this?
His hand approaches one of the vials.
Ciel: BRAND!
Brand jumps back.
Brand: Wha- Whats the big deal?
Ciel: Don’t touch those. We have no idea what they are! You really gonna start trouble the moment we get here?
Brand: I didn’t--Why do you even--
Brand rolls his eyes and sighs
Brand: Ugh
Ciel: You’re acting just like a little kid y’know that? Rolling his eyes and putting his little hands all over everything he sees.
Brand: I'm the kid? Ugh! I can't put up with you! We haven't even been here for five minutes and you're already nagging! I don't even know why you're here with me. I should have gotten someone else as my partner.
Brand turns his back on her and folds his arms.
Ciel: You’re so full of yourself, you know that? You’d be causing problems no matter who your teammate was..
Brand: Whatever Ciel.
Ciel groans and starts investigating her surroundings once more.Ciel starts walking toward the exit. Brand runs after her. Ciel suddenly stops walking and Brand bumps into her.
Brand: HEY WATCH IT Y --
Ciel puts her hand on his mouth to shut him up
Ciel (whispers): Sssh. Quiet birdbrain, I hear someone talking
Ciel lets her hand off Brand’s mouth, Brand gasps for air.
Brand (whispers): What are you trying to do, choke me? I’m getting sick and tired of y---
Yzma and Kronk’s voices can heard faintly in the distance.
Brand: Hey wait, you’re right, there IS someone talking.
Ciel: They’re coming!
Brand: Hide!
Ciel and Brand run away however, being the good team they are, they run in the opposite direction against each other. Because of this,the vial of the llama potion falls on the ground,. causing the label on the llama potion to get loose and form a skeleton head (like in the movie)
Ciel & Brand: Uh oh!
Ciel wants to reach out for the vial when Kronk’s voice can be heard again, he’s really close now
Brand: No time to pick’em up, hide!
Kronk shows up. He looks around and notices the vial lying on the ground.
Kronk: Heeeeeeeey…
Brand (whispers): he’s gonna figure out we’re here… Get ready to fight
Brand summons his Keyblade and gets ready to attack Kronk.
Ciel: Not everyone’s bad Brand, just look at the guy.
Brand looks at Kronk.
Ciel: Looks harmless to me.
Kronk picks up the vial.
Kronk: This… is just what I was looking for!
Kronk: I found Kuzco’s drink Yzma! … must’ve dropped it on the floor earlier.
Yzma: Excellent! Now don’t keep me--- I mean, don’t keep the emperor waiting and come back here!
Kronk: Coming!
Kronk takes a few steps forwards and trips. He gets back up
Kronk: Riiiight, left foot THEN right foot.
Yzma: HURRY UP! The emperor wants his drink NOW!
Kronk starts running.
Brand: … You gotta be kidding me.
Ciel: Yeah, who would’ve thought someone could be as dumb as you.
Brand: WHAT?
Brand gets into Ciel’s face.
Ciel: Relax tough guy, I’m kidding. We’re on the same team, remember?
Brand: Yeah, well then shut your mouth and stop being so irritating, alright? You’re not helping at all!
Ciel: Okay, fine. I’ll talk less if you start listening more.
Brand backs off. Ciel and Brand stand up. Ciel folds her arms and looks at where Kronk came from.
Ciel: I wonder who this Kuzco guy is… Think he lives here?
Brand: Like that matters! C’mon, let’s go outside, I wanna see some action!
Brand runs outside without Ciel
Ciel: Ugh, wait for me!
--Outside—
Brand walks out slowly.
Brand: Wow, what a view! I’ve never stood this high before!
Ciel: Yeah, beautiful isn’t it…
Brand: Sure is!... Hey, what’s wrong with you?
Ciel: Me? Nothing, I’m fine… So what you think is going on there?
The two see a huge crowd in the distance.
Ciel: Let’s go check it out.
Ciel begins walking while Brand keeps standing still. He thinks something is on Ciel’s mind but doesn’t think any further than that.
Ciel: Hey slowpoke, snap out of it!
Brand’s worried/confused look quickly turns into an irritated one. Brand starts following Ciel while shouting
Brand: Hey what did I tell you about being irritating?!
The camera tilts up and reveals the world icon ‘Kingdom of the Sun’.
Player gets control over the character and gets the chance to explore the city. Objective is to go to the ceremony.
--At the ceremony—
The two are a couple of meters away from the crowd.
Ciel: Almost there!
Pacha walks towards Brand and Ciel. He’s holding a cart made out of wood (on it some pots and the bag where Kuzco’s in). Ciel decides to ask him what’s going on.
Ciel: Hi there, you know what’s going on here?
Pacha: The emperor’s advisor is giving an announcement about the emperor. I’d listen, but that advisor is bad news.
Pacha walks away
Brand: What’s his problem?
Ciel: Beats me. Let’s check out what the announcement’s about.
Yzma: And so it is with great sadness that I have to announce the departure of our beloved emperor. His last wish was that I would take his place as empress. Of course I cannot deny our emperor’s dying wish.
Ciel: She is the empress of this place?
Brand: She’s freaky if you ask me. You really think she’s an empress?
Ciel: It’s not like she’s gonna lie about it! C’mon, let’s ask her about the darkness, I’m sure she’ll know something!
Brand: Alright let’s do tha--- wha? She’s gone!
Ciel: Oh no! C’mon, let’s find her, she shouldn’t be too far!
Player’s objective: Find Yzma.
--- When talking to Yzma---
Ciel: Hey there, mind if we ask you a few questions?
Yzma: Ugh, w--who are you? I don’t think I’ve ever seen you two before?
Ciel: We’re new here, we heard that there’s Darkness in this land. We thought you would know something more about it, being the empress and all.
Yzma: Wha-wha, Darkness? Oh no, everything’s fine here! B-but unfortunately our emperor passed away, so these ARE dark days for all of us. Now, if you don’t mind, I have other things to attend to.
Yzma walks away around the corner.
Brand: She’s weird.
Ciel: Yeah well, let’s go explore some more. Someone has to know more about this Darkness.
Ciel is ready to start walking when Brand notices something around the corner. Yzma is walking to Kronk standing a little further
Brand: Hey, wait. Isn’t that?
Ciel: Wha? Oh yeah, it’s that guy from before!
They decide to hide around to corner and hear what they’re talking about.
Yzma: I must say Kronk, I was worried when you switched those poisons. However, emperor or llama, Kuzco is gone and that’s the most important thing. Now his crown is mine!
Kronk: Youve got a crown alright. Just like you always wanted.
Yzma: You don't remember why I need this crown do you?
Kronk: uhh....
Yzma: (facepalm) Right. Come sundown, I can use Kuzcos crown, to finally summon Supai, plunge this land into Darkness and be young forever!
Kronk: Great! Just, uh, what if Kuzco wants his crown back?
Yzma: You killed Kuzco, remember? That way, he can't make it back to the palace, take back the crown, and have me arrested... Kuzco IS gone, right, Kronk?
Kronk: Yeah, well, Kuzco’s gone from the palace, but i don't really know where he is, sooo….
Yzma: WHAT? Kuzco’s alive? We’re gonna find him you nitwit, and you better hope we DO find him, otherwise YOU’LL be a goner!
Ciel: So that Kuzco guy’s the former emperor! They tried to kill him.
Brand: Told you something was off! And that old hag is the source that’s bringing Darkness into this world! Let’s take care of her, right here, right now!
Ciel: No wait! We need the emperor. You heard them, he’s still alive! He must be outside the city somewhere. If we attack her now, the citizens will attack us for attacking her.
Brand: I can take them on!
Ciel: No you can’t and neither can I so c’mon!
Player’s objective: Get out of the city.
After finishing the Player objective of escaping the city, the player walks into Pacha’s village where they see Pacha and his cart being attacked by heartless.
*After they defeat them*
Pacha shakes his head and walks up to his cart as Ciel and Brand walk towards him. Before either one can introduce themselves Pacha leans into the cart, and puts his hands inside.
Kuzco raises his head from the cart.
KUZCO: Hey—No touchy!
PACHA: Ah! Demon llama!
Pacha backs away from the cart.
KUZCO: AH! Where…
Kuzco covers his head and looks right at Brand. Kuzco ducks into the cart.
KUZCO: hide me!
Ciel: Take it easy. We’re not trying to hurt you.
KUZCO: You better not be. Lay a finger on me, and I’ll have you in jail before you can blink!
(Kuzco slowly raises his head from the cart, and points at Pacha) Hey, you, get rid of the demon llama! My guards aren’t around to do it for me.
PACHA: Wait a minute, that voice….Emperor Kuzco?
Pacha walks up tilting his head to get a better look.
BRAND: You’re the Emperor?
Brand and Ceil approach the Pacha and Kuzco.
KUZCO: Of course, who else would you be talkin’ to?
Brand: Well, we figured the emperor of this place would be a human like everyone else.
KUZCO: Huh?
Kuzco looks at his hands and freaks out.
KUZCO: What’ve you done! Is this some sort of peasant magic!
Kuzco gets out of the kart and runs over to a puddle on the ground.
KUZCO: My beautiful face, it’s a llama face now!
CIEL: Calm down your majesty…
KUZCO: You three! You did this to me! Stay away from me!
Kuzco runs off into the jungle
BRAND: We gotta go get him, before he actually dies this time!
Pacha: Hey, hold on a second! What’s going on? Who are you two?
Ciel: We’ll explain on the way, come on!
*The three of them run after Kuzco. There is then a cut to the three of them in front of the jungle*
Pacha: Ciel, Brand, that’s a crazy story. I’m not sure if I believe you, but Kuzco needs to get back to his throne. Let me help you look for him. I know this jungle a bit better than you do.
Ciel: Thanks Pacha! Now let’s go catch him.
After exploring the jungle for some time, Kuzco is seen wandering on his own.
Kuzco: Ha! Those dummies will never find me now. I’ll just make my way back to the palace and- (he looks around in confusion) Which way is the palace? Which way is the anything? Alright Kuzco, don’t panic. Emperors never get lost. Not even llama-emperors. (A group of panther heartless suddenly appear and surround Kuzco) Ah heh. Heh. HEEEEEEEELLLLLP!
Brand, Ciel, and Pacha are walking alongside a rushing river.
Brand: I think he’s around here somewhere.
Ciel: How can you know? We’ve never seen this jungle before, and I don’t see any signs of him.
Brand: Well, unlike you, I have great instincts, and I’m going to trust them.
Ciel: You’re as clueless as I am, admit it!
Pacha: Quiet, you two. I think I hear something
(The three of them hear a noise, getting louder over time)
Kuzco: Nice kitties! Nice kitties! I don’t wanna get eaten!
(Kuzco, not watching where he’s going, barrels into Brand. Brand grabs for Ciel, but ends up dragging her with him, and they all plunge into the river. Pacha dives in after them in an effort to escape the Heartless, who are now running alongside the river.)
The player now guides the four of them through the river (possible minigame?) until they fall down a waterfall. They must then get out of the water by grabbing a low-lying tree branch and defeat the Heartless who were chasing them.
Kuzco: Wow, you guys saved me. But this is all your fault anyway, so thanks for nothing!
Ciel: Don’t blame everyone. Mr. Instincts is the one who dragged us all into the river.
Brand: Hey, we found the emperor, didn’t we? I was right about him being close by! Besides, you weren’t strong enough to stop our fall.
Ciel: Are you seriously blaming ME for this? What kind of a lousy teammate are you?
Kuzco: Hey! I’m the emperor, and I say you’re both lousy for turning me into a llama!
Ciel: That wasn’t us, Kuzco. Yzma did this to you
Brand: She wants to get rid of you so she can be empress and plunge this world into darkness.
Kuzco: Yeah right. Like I’m going to trust a bunch of no good llama-turning-me-into peasants. I’m gonna find my way back to the palace on my own. (begins walking away)
Pacha: Wait Emperor Kuzco. You need to stay with us. (Kuzco is still walking away) You don’t want to have to face those monsters alone again do you?
Kuzco: (stops, then walks back.) Fine. I’ll stay with you for now.
Pacha: (smiling) good. Now, which is the way out of the jungle?
Brand/Ciel: That way! (They realize they are pointing in opposite directions, and glare at each other.)
*Ciel looks up at the sky. A dark shadow is over her face.*
Ciel: Was that cloud there before? (Everyone looks up, and sees a pitch black cloud slowly covering the sun.
Brand: That must be the darkness Yzma’s trying to summon.
Pacha: Wow, you guys really weren’t kidding about this.
Ciel: (Staring at the cloud with a look of anger and sadness) We have to get Kuzco back to the palace before sundown, or that cloud will cover up the entire world. We can’t let that happen.
Kuzco: Yeah, sounds great. I’m just gonna take a quick nap first. (He curls up on the ground)
Pacha: Didn’t you hear them? We have to go, now!
Kuzco: Well, I’m tired. If you wanna get there so fast, maybe you should carry me, Poncho. Yeah, carry your Emperor!
Brand: Are you kidding me Kuzco? PACHA shouldn’t-
Pacha: Alright, fine. Let’s just keep moving. (He picks up Kuzco, and turns back to Brand and Ciel, who are surprised at his complacence.) Getting Kuzco back is the most important thing. We have to be able to work together. (He looks meaningfully at the two of them before turning back around)
*Pacha, and Ciel walk forward, and a Shadow Heartless appears behind Brand. He draws his keyblade, but pauses when he realizes that it isn’t attacking. They stare each other down for a moment.
Ciel: Brand, come on!
Brand: Uh, Be right there! (He quickly defeats the Heartless.) That was weird… (He runs back after the others.)
*The group has been making steady progress through the jungle*
Pacha: You know, we actually make a pretty good team. (Ciel nods with a grin)
Kuzco: Yeah, you guys can fight pretty good. Maybe I should make you my official guards.
Brand: *smirking* Yeah, right. (They hear a loud scream in the distance)
Yzma: Kronk, you imbecile! Are you trying to drive every living thing in the jungle away?
Kronk: Sorry about that Yzma. I thought I saw a bear about to attack us.
Yzma: There are no bears here, its the jungle! Now focus, and help me find Kuzco!
Kronk: Alright, but what if a wolf found him first?
Yzma: There aren’t- just keep looking
Kuzco: Hey, Yzma and Kronk are looking for me. Later, guys. Hey, Yzma!
Pacha: Kuzco, no! (He tackles Kuzco to the ground and dives into a bush. Ciel and Brand do likewise. Yzma looks for the sound of the noise, but sees nothing, so she shrugs and continues onward.)
Kuzco: Hey! Lemme go! (Seeing that the coast is clear, Pacha releases him.) What was that for?
Pacha: Your Majesty, Yzma wants to get rid of you. She’s evil.
Brand: All those Heartless we’ve seen are because of her. And if she can find you and kill you, they’ll be even more of them.
Ciel: Look up. That cloud is even bigger now, and the sun has almost set.
Kuzco: (Looks up at the cloud, but is not impressed.) Well, I’ve had Yzma around for years, and my life has been great. But the day I start talking to you three, I get a llama face! So who’s really the evil one?
Pacha: You would really trust Yzma over us?
Kuzco: Uh, yeah! She’s my royal advisor. You’re all peasants. Makes perfect sense to me.
Pacha: (offended) Kuzco, that’s crazy! I carried you! We’re you’re friends!
Brand: (muttering) Speak for yourself. I just want to stop Yzma.
Ciel: (Elbows Brand, who glares at her while she speaks.) You have to trust us…your Majesty.
Kuzco: …Alright, I guess I’ll trust you. But I’ve got my llama-eye on you three. (He still looks doubtful)
PACHA: I think we’re almost back, I’m just going to scout ahead to make sure. Keep an eye on Kuzco until I get back.
CIEL: Alri --
BRAND: Got it!
Ciel looks annoyed. Pacha gets closer to Brand and Ciel.
PACHA: I mean it. He's acting all paranoid. Don't take your eyes off him (He leaves. Silence)
BRAND: You know we could have avoided this.
CIEL: What?
BRAND: This. If we had just went in and got rid of Yzma before we wouldn't need to be crawling through the jungle.
CIEL: This is not my fault. Kuzco needed our help.
BRAND: He would have been fine. We still could have found him…You know what, forget it.
Kuzco notices that Brand and Ciel are still arguing, and have moved away from each other and have their back facing towards the other. Kuzco creeps up behind Brand and whispers in his ear:
KUZCO: Who does she think she is? I would have been fine. She's out of line.
BRAND: She is!
Kuzco creeps up behind Ciel and whispers in her ear.
KUZCO: Look at him. He thinks he's better than you. But he's not. He's... a big... not... better.. ry... person -- He's stupid! You shouldn't have to put up with him.
CIEL: I shouldn't!
Kuzco goes back to Brand.
KUZCO: I mean who put that spiky headed loser in charge? You should be in charge.
Kuzco goes back to Ciel.
KUZCO: I bet he thinks your hair's stupid.
Kuzco goes back to where he was sitting before as Brand and Ciel turn around to face each other.
BRAND: You're not in charge!
CIEL: What? And who is? You? Every time we listen to you something goes wrong.
BRAND: Oh yeah! This isn't something going wrong? If you'd have just listened to me then Yzma would already be gone, Kuzco would be human, and everything would be fine.
CIEL: How many times do I have to tell you? Finding Kuzco first was more important than fighting Yzma!
BRAND: How could it possibly be more important? Yzma is the source of the problem. But because you wanted to go find a llama instead she's going to end up summoning an army of Heartless.
CIEL: I already told you we needed Kuzco to get Yzma off the throne!
BRAND: 'I already told you! I already told you!' (Kuzxo is seen sneaking away) Admit it, You can't think of a single reason why I'm wrong. Yzma is already summoning her army, she has the palace surrounded by royal guards, and Kuzco is still a llama! So what good was your plan of getting Yzma off throne?
Ciel: You are such a jerk!
PACHA: (returning) Good news, we’re almost back! If we get moving now we can get to the palace before Yzma, make Kuzco human, have the royal guard take Yzma, and have everything turn out o...kay? (Pacha looks at Brand and Ciel arguing.)
CIEL: All you ever think about is yourself! You don’t know how to do anything but fight!
BRAND: At least I can fight better than a screw-up know-it-all like you!
CIEL: I –(Ciel looks over and sees Pacha there. Ciel looks around notices what he notices. Brand looks around and sees it as well.)
PACHA: He's gone. The only person who could stop an army of monsters from destroying the whole kingdom... is gone.
Brand and Ciel are silent for a moment for looking back at each other.
BRAND: It's your fault!
CIEL: My fault! You started it!
PACHA: Hey!
BRAND: Me?
PACHA: Hey!
CIEL: Yeah you! Who else is there to --
PACHA: HEY!
Ciel and Brand both look at Pacha.
PACHA: Unbelievable. How can the two of you possibly be arguing right now? We might not still be here tomorrow, but that's not a problem for you!
BRAND: But it's --
PACHA: It's both of your faults. Both! I gave you two the simplest instructions in the world. Watch a llama. How do you get that wrong?
CIEL: I...
PACHA: Forget it. All the two of you care about is who's right and who's wrong. I’ll find that llama myself. The kingdom depends on it. And he may been a lousy friend…but hes still a friend
(Pacha begins walking away when Ciel speaks up)
Ciel: I’m sorry Pacha. You too Brand.
Brand: Hey, this is my fault, too, I guess. Don’t worry, I’ll fix things and find Kuzco right away!
Ciel: How can you- you think you know where he is?
Brand: He went looking for Yzma. You’d have to be pretty- uh, anyway, we should be able to catch them if we just get to the palace fast.
Ciel….That sounds like a good plan.
Pacha: (smiling) Let’s go. This way.
The three of them make it back to the town. Heartless are running around all over.
Pacha: Look! (He points at the sun, which a huge cloud of darkness is covering up)
Ciel: We need to be quick. Brand and I know a secret entrance, come on!
After finding the entrance and pulling the correct lever, they find Kuzco chained up in the lab.
Kuzco: Oh look, its you guys again. Sorry, but it looks like you won’t be able to Ruin my Life anymore.
Pacha: Emperor Kuzco, Yzma and Kronk are the ones who did this to you.
Kuzco: Yeah, I kinda figured that out once they captured me, thanks. (He hangs his head) No one wants a lousy, stupid, llama-face emperor like me.
Ciel: That isn’t true. Didn’t we tell you Kuzco? (She summons her keyblade and unlocks Kuzco’s chains. Pacha quickly moves him out of the way of the axe.
Pacha: We’re your friends. Friends help each other out.
Brand: (Running back to the others.) I checked the shelves. I don’t think theres an antidote in this lab. Yzma must have it herself.
Yzma: Hold it right there! (appearing from the main entrance to the lab. She is accompanied by Kronk.) You four aren’t going to get away. Supai is moments away from being summoned, and I won’t have any interference in my plans now. (She summons a bunch of Heartless and points at the four) Get them!. (She leaves the lab)
Brand: Don’t worry. We’ve got your back, Kuzco!
*Kronk uses potions to power up the Heartless, but after they are defeated, he is knocked out easily*
Kuzco: (runs up to the main entrance of the lab.) It’s still open. Let’s go! We’ve got a wrinkled old lady to stop!
The passageway leads to the back of the throne room. Yzma is standing in the center of the back, speaking with someone, seemingly in wisp of darkness
Yzma: I’m sending you my half of the deal now. Oh, if only you could be here to watch me cast this world into darkness. It’s going to be quite the sight. How long could it take you to retrieve that thing anyway?
Brand: We’ve got you now, Yzma!
Yzma: (snapping her head around. The wisp disappears) The Keybearers. I knew Kronk wouldn’t be enough to stop you. But now I’ll handle you myself. The sun has set!
Supai, come forth! Cast this world into darkness, and grant me eternal youth! (The throne room darkens, and a dark shape forms on the ceiling) Now, let’s eliminate these fools!
Kuzco: Hey! Yzma! This is MY throne room! And that’s MY kingdom you’re trying to wreck! And we’re gonna stop you! (He turns to the others) We’re gonna stop her, right?
Pacha: Yes. Together.*The four of them defeat Supai and Yzma, the darkness recedes, and vanishes, taking Yzma with it, who is now a small cat after taking the wrong potion.*
Yzma: What? No! Curse you, Kuzcoooo. (disappears)
Kuzco: We did it! Uh-huh, uh-huh, uh huh uh huh uh huh!
Ciel: (looking out the window) The cloud is gone!
Pacha: (After looking through the potions that Yzma dropped) Here, this one should get you back to normal.
Kuzco: (glances at Pacha, then smiles.} Thanks. (He drinks the potion, and transforms into a human again.) Yay! I’m a human again! Human face! (He jumps onto his throne.) Hey, my crown is gone!
*While Pacha helps Kuzco look for the crown, Brand and Ciels keyblades start to glow. They look at each other, and simultaneously seal the keyhole.*
Pacha: Sorry about the crown, your majesty.
Kuzco: Aw, its not that important. I don’t get it though. I was such a jerk to you guys. Why’d you help me so much?
Pacha: Because. That’s what friends do. They forgive each other. (He looks at Brand and Ciel) Isn’t that right?
*Ciel grins sheepishly, and Brand stuffs his hands in his pockets and looks away. *
Ciel: Yeah, that’s right.
Brand: Friends stick by each other. Steiner…
Kuzco: You guys are great…Thank you. I’m really s-s-Sorry. No emperor should people like that, especially his friends.
Brand: Hey, don’t worry about it. Just don’t be like that again. Come on Ciel, we should head back now. (He waves good bye to Kuzco and Pacha)
Ciel: (nods) Bye, Pacha. Bye Kuzco.
Pacha: Take care
Kuzco: Come back any time.
(Brand and Ciel return to Legacy City.)
9 Scenes
- The party finally arrives in Prydain, which has endured the Horned King's near-complete reign for quite some time now. Rather than try to protect their world from being shattered, the denizens of Prydain are merely trying to salvage what pieces remain. Hope is too great a burden to bear. As the party arrives, the camera gradually pans upward to reveal the Horned King's keep in the distance; it should remain visible in all open areas of the map.
- The Fab Four enter into a clearing that is mostly brown and barren, with the mouth of a forest off to the side. With no signs of life in their surroundings, the party begins to discuss their plans, albeit reluctantly. They are determined, but cannot help being affected by the dreary landscape. Abruptly, Gurgi (not yet identified) scrambles out of the forest area, shouting wild, incoherent things about his “master” and the Cauldron. He scurries across the plain, hardly paying any heed to the party. Before any inquiries can be made, a host of Cauldron-Born and Heartless emerge from the trees. Battle ensues.
NOTE: The Cauldron-Born should be similar to Sacrifices in terms of difficulty and intelligence; they can afford to be a bit more bumbling, though.
- After defeating the hunting party, the Fab Four follow Gurgi's path to a cozy little cottage that has admittedly seen better days. They knock on the door and receive a hostile welcome from Dallben, Taran's master—until he realizes that they are not the party of Cauldron-Born sent after him. He invites the travelers inside, and explains the situation to them while scrounging through the kitchen for some food (despite the party's insistence that they need none). Gurgi can be seen in the corner, shuffling his feet bashfully. Dallben explains:
With the power of darkness at his command, the Horned King has at last been able to obtain the Black Cauldron, and through it subdue almost the entire world. Taran, Princess Eilonwy, and the bard Fflewddur have been imprisoned for some time—along with the prophetic pig Hen-Wen, whose powers have allowed the Horned King to foresee any uprising. Gurgi, however, was able to break free from the King's clutches, and seek out Dallben—but not without bringing a party of Cauldron-Born after him.
While no one is certain where Taran and his friends are being held, the Fab Four agree that they can't allow them to suffer at the Horned King's hands. They set out for the necromancer's keep, Gurgi laying out the path ahead. (Gurgi will not assist in battle, but should point the party in the right direction.)
- The Fab Four strains to follow Gurgi, but he is ultimately too quick for them. After traversing a few “rooms” of the forest, he scurries into the brush, returning the party to its four-person state (although Gurgi shall return in due time). Ever the adventurer, Brand is in favor of forging ahead, and everyone agrees—except for Ciel, which is unusual. She can't articulate why, but she has an awful premonition. She reluctantly agrees to continue along, realizing that it must have just been the shock of losing Gurgi...
- The party moves in a straightforward manner, yet find themselves always returning to the same place where they lost Gurgi. This only occurs when they reach one of two places—the edge of the forest, and the beginning of a marshy area. (In order to ensure that the party visits both, Brand can suggest that they change directions after “obviously going the wrong way”.)
NOTE: Each time they return to the glade, a brief cutscene ensues, during which faint laughter can be heard as the Fab Four search around in vain. Only upon examining an out-of-the-way tree do they realize what is happening: They are under the spell of the Three Witches, who have expanded their territory into the forest, having captured the Fae Folk who once lived there. After this discovery, the three are allowed into the Marshes of Morva (which Dallben can mention as a dangerous place).
- Upon reaching the heart of the Marshes (which shouldn't be too far, spatially) the Fab Four confront the Witches, who are reluctant to alert the Horned King to the party's presence and as a result, theirs. The Three Witches offer a ultimatum: Brave their magical trials, and they will not only allow them to pass, but also track the locations of both Gurgi and the prisoners.
- After agreeing to the offer (a player choice, to allow some exploration before the snare closes) the Fab Four are teleported to a lightless prison, where the Heartless respawn indefinitely. The goal of this minigame/gauntlet is to reach several pinpricks of light that represent the imprisoned Fae. After each member of the Fae Folk has been freed, their power is strong enough to break free of the Witches' magical prison.
- Shocked at seeing their captives freed, the Three Witches immediately surrender the promised information: Gurgi is anxiously waiting at the very edge of the forest, the prisoners have been taken to the lowest cell of the King's keep, and Hen-Wen is sealed inside a personal chamber of the Horned King. Because the pig's prophetic powers would allow the Horned King to anticipate Taran's release, the Fab Four must first break the seal on Hen-Wen's chamber. The Witches cannot say how this will be done—but Orwen, still enamored with Fflewddur, gives them a high-tier spell to aid in his rescue (Curaga/Curaja, etc.).
-The Fab Four emerge from the forest to reunite with Gurgi, who is immensely relieved to have them back. After a brief exchange of words, the party presses on to the Horned King's keep...
Fun Fact #1: Did you know the name Legacy City was suggested in the second page of the Story, Narratives, and Themes thread?
Im trying to think of opposites to Sora's story.
Instead of an island, a huge New York-like city. Destiny Island, Legacy City
Intead of a sword/blade, a Bow and Arrow.
Instead of 3 friends, 2 people who hate each other and a stranger
Themes:
Whether you Forget your past, or embrace it.
I like the story progressing like it progresses in The current series, as in it all leads into somethig else, and the Reading between the lines that were in the OP.
This surprisingly matches up with what we ended up with.
The theme of dealing with your past connects to Lucius living in the past over his conflict with his brother, with the four moving on from their homes, Linnea's Keyblade becomes a bow, and of course the name of the major HUB world.
Fun Fact #2: The project's anniversary is on May 28.
Fun Fact #3: Linnea and Brand's homeworld went through the most revision during the script writing phase.
Fun Fact #4: Originally the entire game was just a hypothetical question posed by the moderator Shamdeo. He started it off with thread and planned to release threads each week on a different hypothetical subject. The threads were:
1) Story, Narrative, and Themes Design
2)Characters and Character Design
3) Art Direction and Interface Design
4) World and Level Design
5) Gameplay and Battle System Design
6) Character Growth Development and Encounter Design
7) Tertiary Gameplay Design (Mini-Games)
8) Analyzing the Total Experience
Fun Fact #5: One of the original concepts for the storyline was to go back to the base concept of a Square/Disney crossover and came up with this.
I tried coming up with a story from scratch before, boiling it back to the base concept of a Square/Disney collaboration. Basically came up with a retro 16 bit FF style plot, with Disney characters casted in the typical FF roles:
Mickey/Minnie/Donald/Goofy=main party who grew up as orphans at Toon town
Toon Town=doomed hometown razed by the empire
Queen from Snow White=ruler of evil empire taking over the world
Triton's Trident/Zeus' thunderbolts/Hellfire/Genie's Lamp=plot coupons in place of crystals
Chernabog=final boss & true ultimate threat we don't find out about until 5 minutes before the last dungeon
Ship from Treasure Planet=the airship
& so forth. Granted the retro approach probably isn't very feasible for this experiment.
Aside from that my general story preferences are:
-story & gameplay tied directly into each other (3D is kinda doing this & the Zelda series is the template for how it's done)
-Disney characters playing important relevant roles
Fun Fact #6: The idea for a villain using light was suggested at the very beginning, but it didn't take long before people started to feel it was sounding more and more cliche. In the end though it's went we went with.
Fun Fact #7: Orphan was the one who suggested the initial plot.
• 4 children at 4 corners of the KH universe.
• Each child is born in their respective world where legends of Keyblade Wielders are only heard through fairytales of village elders. The influence of each hold traditions to the worlds, and during an annual event of shooting stars, children craft wooden keyblades with masks and capes to celebrate.
• During one annual event each child see’s an unusual light brighter than that of the shooting stars. However no one else seems to be aware of the occurrence. So each of them follow the mysterious light.
• The light leads them to temples / caves / monuments where mysterious doors appear. The doors are unlocked.
• Beyond the doors lead to a realm bursting with the flow of circulating energy. Inside lie a mass of heartless swarming all four children and upon being attacked, each black out into a dream similar to deep dive.
• Each dream reveals a test unlocking the light with each childs heart.
• Each child is branded with an insignia; one different from the other (the words aren’t identified but are symbolically implied via a mysterious voice). Courage, Friendship, Tolerance, and Compassion.
• When the light is awoken, the children also wake up, and at the center of where they stand, a keyblade reveals itself.
• At this moment each child realizes the fear the heartless hold towards the keyblade, but are not backing down at the attempt to take their heart. So they valiantly slay the heartless one by one.
• After beating the heartless, beams of light shoot from the areas of the doors they had open. Each awakening in the arms of their village elders. A kindred keyblade spirit appears to tell them of the life that lie ahead of them.
• The spirits speak of troubling influence related to the falling stars. They’re in fact dying planets, and someone is harming the worlds. The spirits do not know why such troubles are occurring, but they ask that wielders of keyblade must once rise again to apprehend the situation.
• This is where the story of each character begins.
• Eventually do each character meet up and join forces to help one another. And they form as a group of Keybladers.
That's as much as i got, and i also have a concrete idea for the villains as well. It'll be worth the look up....so i hope some of you might approve of something like this or close to it.
This is another side of worlds where Oswald reigns in a Kingdom within it. Being the older brother of Mickey, he holds a Kingdom at the opposite side of Mickey's place in the universe.
• As the keyblade wielders scavenge the worlds seeking info, and also helping those worlds and its inhabitants from the sudden occurrence of dangers, they question the possibility of their own planet dying. And so this drives them more on their quest to stop the unknown evil (so far) from destroying the worlds.
• Numerous heartless seemed to have inhabited these worlds, and with the help of various characters within each world do they create small alliances (new companions like Peter Pan, or Jack Skellington for example).
• The source of the problem are led by even stronger heartless who have somehow been able to access the hearts of the worlds (suspense! Weeeeeeee!!!!)
• Like said before, the keyblade wielders do eventually cross each other at certain worlds (like in BBS). This can be by a glimpse at one point, full on conversation, or/and back to back combat helping one another in a stressful situation.
• Someone is in control of the heartless; The Horned King
• This heartless controlling antagonist is working under another source of power with the promise of expanding his/her own power and authority over the worlds.
• Not only is this person trying to take over the worlds but they are also working with an advisor. This advisor being someone who has crossed worlds beyond the dark realm.
The Main Villain happens to be someone who can manipulate the dark and light within one’s heart by the power of his ancient keyblade. Wielding his weapon is he able to open the doors of various worlds destabilizing their protection and giving access to the harm of outside darkness.
With the various promises to dark sources, his plans are to draw attention to the rising keyblade wielders. Having the strongest of light within them, he plans to separate the lights and unify them into one strong pure source of light to unleash the path to Kingdom Hearts via the Door to Darkness. However he needs the power to be at their maxed level, so upon the devastation of the Dark Disney villain he also sets much more formidable foes as a test of will. Extracting lights he consumed from past worlds via his keyblade do they manifest into humanoid monsters. These monster come few in various worlds, but the strongest one’s are sent to lay waste to the keyblade wielders homes.
I did read through all the messages, but i wasn't sure how to apply all our thoughts together so this was the best i could come up with at the moment.
By the time Orphan's plot had been accepted it had already been a month since the thread had been created, and people were beginning to take the game idea seriously.
Fun Fact #9: Originally there were going to be four separate storylines for each character. They would all have a Disney companion who would fight with them. As time progressed we realized how unrealistic this would be and the ideas were dropped. It made more sense to just have one long storyline instead of four slightly different storylines. There just weren't enough worlds to share between the four, and adding more would be an unrealistic goal for a fan project. One of the Disney companions was Stitch.
Fun Fact #10: Lucius was originally going to be a mysterious master who would only appear at key scenes. Lucius wouldn't reveal his identity until the middle of the game, the four would have had separate adventures until then, and then he would take over his the four's master.
Fun Fact #11: The four were originally meant to all live in Legacy City, but they would have lived in different districts. Eventually the idea of four worlds for them was decided.
Fun Fact #12: King_Mickey Rules' first post was in the story thread.
Fun Fact #13: Orphan was the one who designed the Sacrifices, and Lucius.
Fun Fact #14: One of Linnea's original concepts had her hat with a face on it.
Fun Fact #15: Orpheus' apprentice Charkh's name has an interesting story behind it. DarkRiku had named the file CharacterKingdomHearts, or Charkh for short. No one realized this until DarkRiku pointed it out out, months later. Eventually people just got used to Charkh.
Fun Fact #16: One of the older plots involved the four being the only ones who could summon Kingdom Hearts. Lucius was a different character, and his plan was a little more rushed. He basically tried to take control of the Bridges, but was rejected. The Bridges shattered, and chose four individuals to be their guardians. The reason why Lucius chose them was, because only they could hand over the power of the Bridges to him so he could summon Kingdom Hearts. The biggest issues with this was it made Lucius more of a bumbling villain who constantly screws up than a mastermind who is in control of everything.
Fun Fact #17 Mushu wasn't always planned out to be Linnea's sidekick. Originally Linnea would pal around with Jim Crow from Dumbo. This underwent some revision, and it was suggested for Timothy Mouse to be Linnea's sidekick instead. The main issue with both these characters though was that they already had a place in the plot with their own worlds. Mushu happened to embody the best qualities of both characters, as well as being comedic relief, and was the logical choice in the end. The whole point was to have a Jiminy Cricket type character. A Disney character from a film who accompanies the heroes. This could have easily been Stitch if his world wasn't one of the ones the four would visit.
Fun Fact #18 It wasn't easy to come up with the plot for Wonderland. It was suggested more than once to just put writing the world's plot on hold since no one seemed to have any good ideas on how to merge two entirely different films into one story. It was arguably the hardest world to come up with a story for.
Last edited:
